ãâã of Christs death q VVhen they coÌ mande or forbid vs any thing con trary to the ãâã of God Chap 3. 13. r Meaning that he is ãâã mediator and onelie meane betwene God and man s That is Christ. t This Theudas was ahoue thirtie yeres before him of whome Iosephus mencio neth li. 20. de An tiq chap. 4. that was after the death of Herode the Great when Archelaus his sonne was at Rome at what time Iudea was ful of ãâã so that it is not sure to giue ãâã to Eusebius in this point u Of him maketh mencioÌ Iosephus li. 18. where he speaketh of the taxing Luk. 2. 1. x He groundeth vp oÌ good principles but he douteth of the qualitie of the cause nether dare affirme whether it be good or bad whe re in appeareth he ãâã but a ãâã a Whose ancesters were Iewes and dwelled in Grecia therefore these spake ãâã ke and not Hebrewe b They were not loked vnto in the distribucion of the almes c That is to make prouision for the maintenance of the poore forasmuche as they were not able to satisfie bo the ãâã offices d He ioyneth faith with the other giftes of the holie Gost. e Meaning one that was turned to the Iewish re ligion Chap. 21 8. f This ceremonie the Iewes obserued in solenne sa crifices Leui. 3. 2. and also in praier and pri uate blessings Gene. 48. 14. g That is to the Gospel which is receiued by faith likewise in the ãâã Church it was vsed ether when they made ministers or gaue the gifts of the ho lie Gost which gifts being now taken away the ceremonie must cease h Orcolledge di uers nacions had colledges at Ierusalem where in their youth was instructed as we sein ãâã i That is instructed and set forthe false witnesses and thus malice seketh false shiftes when tru eth ãâã he k Thei speake this in ãâã l Not onely a cer teine considence but also ãâã maiestie appearing in him a Steuen was ac cused that he denied God and therefore he is more diligent to purge this crime b Hereby he is di ãâã from the ãâã gods c He speaketh he re of Mesopotamia as it ãâã babylon aÌd Chaldea in it Gen. 12. 1. Gene. 15. ãâã d Beginning to recken ãâã yeres from the time that Isaac was borne e Take vengeance of them and deliuer my people Genes 17. 9. Genes 21. 3. Genes 25. 24. Gen. 29. 33. 30. 5. and 35. 23. Gen. 37. 28. f That is preserued and broght all things to a good ãâã Gen. 41. 37. Gen. 42. 1. Gen. 45 4. g After the Hebrewe threscore and ten Gene. 46. 5. Gene. 49. 31. Gene. 50. 7. h It is probable that some writer through negligence put in Abraham in this place in ãâã of Iacob who boght this field Ios h. 24. 32. Gen. 23. 16. Exod. 1 7. i He inuented craftiewaiesboth to destroye the Israelites with ouer muche labour and also to get great profite by them Gene. 33. 19 or by Abraham he mea neth the posteritie of Abraham â Or that their race shulde faile Exod. 2. 2. Ebr. 11. 23. Exod. 1. 10. Exod. 2. 11. Exod. 2. ãâã Exod. 3. 2. k This fyre repre sented the fornace of affliction wherein the people of God were l Seing thie Angel called him self God it declareth that he was Christ the Mediator who is the eternal God m In signe of reuerence read Exod. 3. 5. Exod. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 14. Exod. 16. ãâã Deut. 18. 15. Chap. 3. 22. n He proueth that Christ is the end of the Law and the ãâã Exod. 19. 2. o Moses was the Angels or Christs minister and a guide to the fathers p By oracles is ment the sayings that God spake to Moses Exod. ãâã 1. q Figures or testimonies of the presence of God r Yet they knew he was absent for their commoditie and so wolde shortely ãâã and bring them the Law Rom. 1 24. s As the sunne mone and other ãâã Deut. 17. 3. ãâã 5 ãâã t Your fathers be gan in wildernes to contemne mine ordinances and you now far re passe them in impietie u And caryed it vpon your shulders Leui. 20. 2. x They ought to haue bene coÌtent with this conuenant onely and not to haue gone after their lewd fantasies Exod. 25. 40. Ebr. 8. 5. Ios. 3 14. 1. Sam. 13. 14. Psal 89 21. 2. Sam. 7. ãâã Psal. 132. 5. 1. Chro. 17. 12. 1. king 6. 1. Chap. 17. 24. y He reproueth the grosse dulnes of the people ãâã the power of God in that they wolde haue conteined it within the teÌple Isa. 66. 1. z God can not be conteined in any space of place a Which nether forsake your olde wickednes nor so muche as heare ãâã God speaketh to you ãâã rebel Iere 9 26. Ezek. 44 9. b Which is Iesus Christ who is not onely iust for his ãâã but because all true iustice commeth of him c By their ministerie or office ãâã 16. 13. d An I reigniÌg in his flesh wherein he had suffied e This was done of furious violen ce and by no for me of iustice Chap. 22. 20. Mat. 5. 44. Luk. 23. 34. 1. Cor. 4. 12. a From the ãâã where he was stoned b When the Church is depriued of any worthie member the re is iuste cause of sorrowe and note that here is no mention of any relikes or prayers for the dead or worshiping c The conuersion of Samaria was as it were the first frutes of the calling of the Gentiles d This declareth how much more we are inclined to folow the illu sions of Saran ãâã the trueth of God e This is the ãâã of Saran to couer all his illusions vnder the Name of God f The maiestie of Gods worde forced him to confesse the trueth but yet was he not regenerat therefore g Meaning the particular gifts of the holy Spirit h They had onely receiued the commune grace of adoption rege neracion whiche are offered to all the faithful in baptisme and as yet had not recei ued the gift to spake in diuers languages to do miracles i Thou art not worthie to be of the nomber of the faithful k That is turne away from thy wickednes l Hereby he wold make himto feele his sinne not that he douted of Gods mercies if he colde repent Deut. 29. 18. m Or ãâã heart is ful of dispitful of malice deuelisn poyson of impietie so that now Satan hath thee ãâã as capti ue in his bands n After that Ale xander had destroyed it it was not much peopled as it was afore and therefore in respect was as my sister o Eunuche signifieth him that is gelded but becau se in the East par tes great affaires were commit to suche it came in vse that noble meÌ were called Eunu ches althogh they were not gelded also all maner officers seruaÌts thatwere put in credit or
song of the Lord in a strange land 5 If I forget thee ô Ierusalém let my right hand forget to play 6 If I do not remembre thee let my toÌgue clea ue to the rofe of my mouth yea if I preferre not Ierusalém to my chiefioye 7 Remember the children of Edom ô Lord in the daye of Ierusalém which said Rase it rase it to the fundacion thereof 8 O daughter of Babél worthie to be destroied blessed shal he be that re wardeth thee as thou hast serued vs. 9 Blessed shal he be that taketh and dasheth thy children against the stones PSAL. CXXXVIII 1 Dauid with great courage praiseth the goodnes of God toward him the which is so great 2 That it is knowen to forren princes who shal praise the Lord together with him 6 And he is assured to haue like comfort of God in the time following as he hathe had hereto fore ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 I Wil praise thee with my whole heart eueÌ before the gods wil I praise thee 2 I wil worship toward thine holie Temple and praise thy Name because of thy louing kindenes and for thy trueth for thou hast magnified thy Name aboue all things by thy worde 3 When I called then thou heardest me and hast increased strength in my soule 4 All the Kings of the earth shal praise thee ô Lord for they haue heard the wordes of thy mouth 5 And thei shal sing of the wayes of the Lord because the glorie of the Lord is great 6 For the Lord is high yet he beholdeth the lowely but the proud he knoweth a farreof 7 Thogh I walke in the middes of trouble yet wilt thou reuiue me thou wilt stretch forthe thine hand vpon the wrath of mine enemies and thy right hand shal saue me 8 The Lord wil performe his worke toward me ô Lord thy mercie endureth for euer forsake not the workes of thine hands PSAL. CXXXIX 1 Dauid to cleanse his heart from all hypocrisie sheweth that there is nothing so hid whiche GOD seeth not 13 which he consirmeth by the creation of man 14 ãâã declaring his zeale and feare of God he protesteth to be enemie to all them that contemne God ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid 1 O Lord thou hast tryed me knoweÌ me 2 Thou knowest my sitting my rising thou vnderstandest my thoght a farreof 3 Thou compassest my paths and my lying downe and art accustomed to all my waies 4 For there is not a worde in my toÌgue but lo thou knowest it wholly ô Lord. 5 Thou holdest me strait behinde and before and laiest thine hand vpon me 6 Thy knowledge is to wonderful for me it is so high that I can not atteine vnto it 7 Whether shal I go from thy Spirit or whe ther shal I flee from thy presence 8 If I ascend into heaueÌ thou art there if I lie downe in hel thou art there 9 Let me take the wings of the morning dwell in the vttermost partes of the sea 10 Yet thether shal thine hand lead me and thy right hand holde me 11 If I saie Yet the darkenes shal hide me eueÌ the night shal be light about me 12 Yea the darkenes hideth not from thee but the night shineth as the daie the darknes light are bothe a like 13 For thou hast possessed my reines thou hast couered me in my mothers wombe 14 I wil praise thee for I am fearfully wonderously made maruelous are thy workes an my soule knoweth it wel 15 My bones are not hid from thee ãâã I was made in a secret place and facioned beneth in the earth 16 Thine eyes did se me when I was with out forme for in thy boke were all things writen which in continuance were facioned when there was none of them before 17 How dere therefore are thy thoghts vnto me ô God! how great is the summe of theÌ 18 If I shulde counte them they are me then the sand when I wake I am stil with thee 19 Oh that thou woldest slay ô God the wicked and bloodie men to whome I saie Departe ye from me 20 Which speake wickedly of thee and being thine enemies are lifted vp in vaine 21 Do not I hate them ô Lord that hate thee and do not I earnestly contend with those that rise vp against thee 22 I hate theÌ with an vnfained hatred as they were mine vtter enemies 23 Trye me ô God and knowe mine heart proue me and knowe my thoghts 24 And consider if there be anie waie of wic kednes in me and lead me in the waie for euer PSAL. CXL 1 Danid complaineth of the crueltie falsehode and iniuries of his ennemies 8 Against the which he praieth vnto the Lord and assureth him self of his helpe and succour 12 Wherefore he prouoketh the iust to praise the Lord and to assure them selues of his tuition ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid 1 DEliuer me ô Lord from the euil man pre serue me from the cruel man 2 Which imagine euil things in their heart and make warre continually 3 They haue sharpened their tongues like a serpent adders poyson is vnder their lippes Sélah 4 Kepe me ô Lord from the hands of the wic ked preserue me from the cruel man which purposeth to cause my steppes to slide 5 The proude haue laid a snare for me spred a net with cordes in my path waye set gren nes for me Sélah 6 Therefore I said vnto the Lord Thou art my God heare ô Lord the voyce of my pray ers 7 O Lord God the strength of my saluacion thou hast couered mine head in the daie of battel 8 Let not the wicked haue his desire ô Lord performe not his wicked thoght lest they be proude Sélah 9 As for the chief of them that compasse me about let the mischief of their ownelippes come vpon them 10 Let coles fall vpon them let him cast them into the fyre and into the depe pittes that they rise not 11 For the backebiters shal not be established vpon the earth euil shal hunt the cruel man to destruction 12 I knowe that the Lord wil auenge the afflicted and iudge the poore 13 Surely the righteous shal praise thy Name and the iust shal dwell in thy presence PSAL. CXLI 1 Dauid being grieuously persecuted vnder Saúl onely ãâã voto God to haue succour 3 Desiring ãâã to bridle his affections that he maye paciently abide til God ta ke ven geance of his enemies ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 OLord I call vpoÌ thee haste thee vnto me heare my voyce when I crye vnto thee 2 Let my prayer be directed in thy sight as in cense and the lifting vp of mine hand as an euening sacrifice 3 Set a watche ô Lord before my
mouth kepe the dore of my lippes 4 Incline not mine heart to euil that I shulde coÌmit wicked workes with men that worke iniquitie and letme not eat of their delicates 5 Let the righteous smite me for that is a benefite let him reproue me it shal be a precious oyle that shal not breake mine head for within a while I shal euen praie in their miseries 6 When theiriudges shal be cast downe in stonie places they shal heare my wordes for they are swete 7 Our bones lie scattered at the graues mouth as he that he weth wood or diggeth in the earth 8 But mine eyes loke vnto thee ô Lord God in thee is my trust leaue not my soule destitute 9 Kepe me from the snare which they haue laied for me and from the greÌnes of the wor kers of iniquitie 10 Let the wicked fall into his nettes together whiles I escape PSAL. CXLII 1 The Prophet nether astonied with feare nor caried awaie with angre nor forced by desperation wolde kil Saúl but with a quiet ãâã directed his earnest praier to God who did preserue him ¶ A Psalme of Dauid to giue instruction and a prayer when he was in the caue 1 I Cryed vnto the Lord with my voyce with my voyce I praied vnto the Lord. 2 I powred out my meditacion before him declared mine affliction in his presence 3 Thogh my spirit was in perplexitie in me yet thou knewest my path in the waie whe rein I walked haue thei priuely laied a snare for me 4 I loked vpon my right hand behelde but there was none that wolde knowe me all refuge failed me none cared for my soule 5 Then cryed I vnto thee ô Lord and said Thou art mine hope my porcion in the land of the liuing 6 Hearken vnto my crye for I am broght verie lowe deliuer me from my persecuters for thei are to strong for me 7 Bring my soule out of prison that I maie praise thy Name then shal the righteous come about me when thou art beneficialvn to me PSAL. CXLIII 1 An earnest praier for remission of sinnes acknowledging that the enemies did thus ãâã persecute him by Gods iust iudgement 8 He desireth to be restored to grace 10 To be gouerned by his holie Spirit that he maie spen de the remnant of his life in the true feare and seruice of God ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 HEare my praier ô Lord and hearken vnto my supplication answer me in thy trueth and in thy righteousnes 2 And entre not into iudgement with thy seruant for in thy sight shal none that liueth be iustified 3 For the enemie hathe persecuted my soule he hathe smiten my life downe to the earth he hathe laied me in the darkenes as thei that haue bene dead long ago 4 And my spirit was in perplexitie in me and mine heart within me was amased 5 Yet do I remember the time past I ãâã te in all thy workes yea I do meditate in the workes of thine hands 6 I stretche forthe mine hands vnto thee my soule desireth after thee as the thirstie land Sélah 7 Heare me spedely ô Lord for my spirit fealeth hide not thy face from me els I shal be like vnto them that go downe into the pit 8 Let me heare thy louing kingdenes in the morning for in thee is my trust she we me the waie that I shulde walke in for I lift vp my soule vnto thee 9 Deliuer me ô Lord from mine enemies for I hid me with thee 10 Teache me to do thy wil for thou art my God let thy good Spirit lead me vnto the land of righteousnes 11 Quicken me ô Lord for thy Names sake and for thy righteousnes bring my soule out of trouble 12 And for thy mercie slay mine enemies destroie all them that oppresse my soule for I am thy seruant PLAL CXLIIII 1 He praiseth the Lord with great affection and humilitie for his kingdome restored and for his victories obteined 5 Demanding helpe and the destruction of the wicked 9 Promising to acknowledge the same with songs of praises 15 And declareth wherein the felicitie of anie people consisteth ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 BLessed be the Lord my strength which teacheth mine hands to fight and my fingers to battel 2 He is my goodnes my fortres my tower my deliuerer my shield in him I trust which subdueth my people vnder me 3 Lord what is man that thou regardest him or the sonne of man that thou thinkest vpon him 4 Man is like to vanitie his daies are like a shadowe that vanisheth 5 Bowe thine heauens ô Lord come dow ne touche the mouÌtaines thei shal smoke 6 Cast forthe the lightening and scatter them shote out thine arrowes and consume them 7 Send thine hand from aboue deliuerme take me out of the great waters and from the hand of strangers 8 Whose mouth talketh vanitie their right hand is a right hand of falsehode 9 I wil sing a newe song vnto thee ô God and sing vnto thee vpon a viole and an in strument of ten strings 10 It is he that giueth deliueraÌce vnto Kings and rescueth Dauid his seruant from the hurtful sworde 11 Rescue me and deliuerme from the hand of strangers whose mouth talketh vanitie and their right hand is a right haÌd of falsehode 12 That our sonnes maye be as the ãâã plantes growing vp in their youth and our daughters as the corner stones grauen after the similitude of a palace 13 That our corners may be ful and abunding with diuers sortes and that our shepe may bring forthe thousands ten thousand in our stretes 14 That our oxen may be strong to labour that their be none inuasion nor going out nor no crying in our stretes 15 Blessed are the people that be so yea blessed are the people whose God is the Lord. PSAL. CXLV This Psalme was composed when the kingdome of Dauid florished 1 VVherein he describeth the wonderful pro uidence of God aswel in gouerning man as in preseruing all the rest of his creatures 17 He praiseth God for his iustice and mercie 18 But specially for his louing kindenes toward those that call vpon him that feare him and loue him 21 For the which he promiseth to praise him for euer ¶ A Psalme of Dauid of praise 1 O My God and King I wil extoll thee and wil blesse thy Name for euer and euer 2 I wil blesse thee daily and praise thy Name for euer and euer 3 Great is the Lord and moste worthie to be praised and his greatnes is incompre hensible 4 Generation shal praise thy workes vnto generation and declare thy power 5 I wil meditate of the beautie of thy
money vnto the souldiers 13 Saying Say His disciples came by night aÌd stole him away while we slept 14 And if the gouernour heare of this we will persuade him and saue you harmeles 15 So they toke the money and did as they were taught and this saying is noised among the Iewes vnto this day 16 ¶ Then the eleuen disciples went into Galile into a mouÌtaine where Iesus had appointed them 17 And when they saw e hym they worshipped him but some douted 18 And Iesus came and spake vnto them saying * All power is giuen vnto me in heauen and in earth 19 * Go therefore and teache all nacions baptizynge them in the Name of the Father and the Sonne and the holie Gost. 20 Teaching them to obserue all things what soeuer I haue commanded you and lo * I am with you alwaye vntill the end of the worlde Amen THE HOLY GOSPEL of Iesus Christ according to Marke CHAP. I. 2 The office doctrine and life of the Baptiste 9 Christ is baptized 13 And tempted 14 He preacheth 17 Calleth the fishers 23 Christ healeth the man with the vncleane spirit 27 ãâã doctrine 29 He healeth Peters mother in lawe 34 The deuils knowe him 41 He clenseth the leper and healeth diuers other 1 THe begynnynge of the Gospell of Iesus Christe the Sonne of God 2 As it is written in the Prophetes * Behold I send my messeÌger before thy face whiche shal prepare thy way before thee 3 * The voyce of him that cryeth in their wildernes is Prepare the waye of the Lorde make his paths straight 4 * Iohn dyd baptize in the wildernes and preach the baptisme of amendement of life for remission of sinnes 5 And all the countrey of Iudea and they of Ierusalem went out vnto hym and were all baptized of him in the riuer Iordan confessing their sinnes 6 Now Iohn was clothed with camels heere and with a girdle of a skinne about his loines and he did eat * locustes and wilde honie 7 * And preached saying A stronger then I commeth after me whose shoes latchet I am not worthie to stoup downe and vnlose 8 Trueth it is I haue * baptized you with water but he wil baptize you with the holie Gost. 9 ¶ * And it came to passe in those dayes that Iesus came from Nazaret a citie of Galile and was baptized of Iohn in Iordan 10 And assone as he was come out of the water Iohn sawe the heauens cloueÌ in twaine and the holie Gost descending vpon him like a doue 11 Then there was a voyce froÌ heaueÌ saying Thou art my beloued Sonne in whome I am wel pleased 12 * And immediatly the Spirit driueth him into the wildernes 13 And he was there in the wildernes fortie daies and was tempted of Satan he was also with the wilde beasts and the Angels ministred vnto him 14 ¶ * Nowe after that Iohn was committed to prison IESVS came into Galile preachyng the Gospel of the kingdome of God 15 And saying The time is fulfilled and the kingdome of God is at hand repent and beleue the Gospel 16 ¶ * And as he walked by the sea of Galile he sawe Simon and Andre ãâã his brother casting a nette into the sea for they were fishers 17 Then Iesus said vnto them Folowe me and I wil make you to be fishers of men 18 And straight waye they forsoke their nettes and folowed him 19 And when he had gone a litle further theÌce he sawe Iames the sonne of Zebedeus and Iohn is brother as they were in the shippe mending their nettes 20 And anone he called them and they left their Father Zebedeus in the ship with his hyred seruants and went their waye after hym 21 ¶ So * they entred into Capernaum and straight way on the Sabbath daye he intred into the Synagogue and taught 22 And they were astonied at his doctrine * for he taughtt hem as one that had autoritie and not as the Scribes 23 ¶ And there was in their Synagogue a man whyche had an vncleane Spirite and he cryed 24 Saying Ah what haue we to do with thee o Iesus of Nazaret Art thou come to destroy vs I knowe thee what thou art euen that holie one of God 25 And Iesus rebuked him saying Holde thy peace and come out of him 26 And the vncleane Spirite tarie hym and cryed with a loude voyce and came oute of hym 27 And they were all amased so that they demanded one of another saying What thing is this what new doctrine is this for he coÌmandeth the foule spirits with autoritie and they obey him 28 And immediatly his fame spred abroad throughout all the region bordering on Galile 29 ¶ * And assone as they were come oute of the Synagogue they entred into the house of Simon and Andrewe with Iames and Iohn 30 And Symons wyues mother in lawe laye sicke of a feuer and anone they tolde hym of her 31 And he came and toke her by the hand and lift her vp and the feuer forsoke her by and by and she ministred vnto them 32 And when euen was come and the sunne was downe they broght to him all that were diseased and them that were possessed with deuils 33 And the whole citie was gathered together at the dore 34 And he healed manie that were sicke of diuers diseases and he cast out manie deuils and suffred not the deuils to say that they knewe him 35 And in the morning verie earely before day Iesus arose and went out into a solitarie place and there prayed 36 And Simon and thei that were with him folowed after him 37 And when they had founde him they said vnto him All men seke for thee 38 Then he said vnto them Let vs go into the next townes that I may preache there also for I came out for that purpose 39 And he preached in their Synagogues through out all Galile and cast the deuils out 40 ¶ * And there came a leper to him beseching him and kneled downe vnto him and said to him If thou wilt thou canst make me cleane 41 And Iesus had compassion and put forthe his hand and touched him and said to him I wil be thou cleane 42 And assone as he had spoken immediatly the leprosie departed from him and he was made cleane 43 And after he had giuen him a streict commandement he sent him awaye forthewith 44 And said vnto him Se thou say nothing to anie man but get thee hence and shewe thy self to the * Priest and offer for thy clensing those things which Moses commanded for a testimonial vnto them 45 But when he was departed * he beganne to tel manie things and to publish the matter so
soght to take him but no man laid haÌds on him because his houre was nor yet come 31 Now manie of the people beleued in him and said When the Christ cometh wil he do momiracles then this man hathe done 32 The Pharises heard that the people murmured these things of him and the Pharises and high Priests sent officers to take him 33 Then said Iesus vnto them Yet am I a litle while with you and then go I vnto him that sent me 34 * Ye shal seke me and shal not finde me where I am can ye not come 35 Then said the Iewes amongs them selues Whither wil he go that we shal not finde him Wil he go vnto them that are dispersed among the Grecians and teache the Grecians 36 What saying is this that he said Ye shal seke me and shal not finde me and where I am can ye not come 37 Now in the last and * great day of the feast Iesus stode and cryed saying I ãâã mathirst let him come vnto me and drinke 38 He that beleueth in me * as saith the Scripture out of his bellie shal flowe riuers of water of life 39 * ãâã his spake he of the Spirit which they that beleued in him shulde ãâã for the holie Gost was not yet giuen because that Iesus was not yet glorified 40 So manie of the people when they heard this saying said Of a trueth this is the Prophet 41 Other said This is the Christ and some said But shal Christ come out of ãâã 42 * Saith not the Scripture that the Christ shal come of the sede of Dauid and out of the towne of Beth-lehem where Dauid was 43 So was there dissention among the people for him 44 And some of them wolde haue taken him but no man laid hands on him 45 Then came the officers to the high ãâã and Pharises and they said vnto them Why ãâã ye not broght him 46 The officers answered Neuer man spake like this man 47 Then answered them the Pharises ãâã ye also deceiued 48 Doeth anie of the rulers or of the Pharises beleue in him 49 But this people which know not the Law are cursed 50 Nicodemus said vnto them * he that came to Iesus by night and was one of them 51 Doeth our Law iudge a man before it heare him * and knowe what he hathe done 52 They answered and said vnto him Art thou also of Galile Search and loke for out of Ga lile ãâã no Prophet 53 And euerie man went vnto his owne house CHAP. VIII 11 Christ deliuereth her that was taken in adulterie 12 He is the light of the worlde 14 He sheweth from whence he is come wherefore and whether he goeth 32 ãâã are fre who are bounde ãâã Of fremen and ãâã and their rewarde 46 He defieth his enemies 59 And being persecuted with draweth him self 1 ANd Iesus went vnto the mount of oliues 2 And early in the mourning came againe into the Temple and all the people came vn to him and he sate downe and taught them 3 Then the Scribes and the Pharites broght vnto him a woman taken in adulterie and set herin the middes 4 And said vnto him Master this woman was taken in adulterie in the veric act 5 * Now Moses in the Law commanded vs that suche shulde be stoned what saist thou therefore 6 And this they said to tempt him that thei might haue whereof to accuse him But lesus stouped down and with his finger wrote on the grounde 7 And while they continued asking him he list him self vp and said vnto them * Let him that is amoÌg you without sinne cast the first stone at her 8 And againe he stouped downe and wrote on the grounde 9 And when they heard it being accused by their owne conscience they went out one by one beginning at the eldest euen to the last so Iesus was left alone and the woman standing in the ãâã 10 When ãâã had lift vp himself againe and sawe no man but the woman he said vnto her Woman where are those thine accusers hathe no man ãâã thee 11 She said No man Lord. And Iesus said Nether do I condemne thee go and sinne no more 12 Then spake Iesus againe vnto them saying I * anthe ãâã of the worlde he that follow ãâã me shal not walke in darkenes but shal ãâã the ãâã of life 13 ãâã ãâã therefore said vnto him ãâã bearest recorde of thy self thy recorde is not true 41 * Iesus answered and said vnto theÌ Thogh I beare recorde of my self yet my recorde is true for I knowe whence I came aÌd whether I go but ye can not tel whence I come and whether I go 15 Ye iudge after the flesh I iudge no man 16 And if ãâã also iudge my iudgement is true for I am not alone but I and the Father that sent me 17 And it is also written in your Law * that the testimonie of two men is true 18 I am one that be are witnes of my self the Father that sent me beareth witnes of me 19 Then said they vnto him Where is thy Father ãâã answered Ye nether knowe me nor my Father If ye had knoweÌ me ye shuld haue knowen my Father also 20 These wordes spake Iesus in the treasurie as he taught in the Temple and no man laid hands on him for his houre was not yet come 21 Then said Iesus againe vnto them I go my way and ye shal seke me aÌd shal dye in your sinnes Whether I go can ye not come 22 Then said the Iewes Wil he kil him self because he saith Whether I go can ye not come 23 And he said vnto them Ye are froÌ beneth I am from aboue ye are of this worlde I am not of this worlde 24 I said therefore vnto you That ye shal dye in your sinnes for except ye beleue that I am he ye shal dye in your sinnes 25 Then said they vnto him Who art thou And Iesus said vnto them Euen the same thing that I said vnto you from the beginning 26 I haue manie things to say and to iudge of you but he that sent me is true the things that I haue heard of him those speake I to the worlde 27 They vnderstode not that he spake to theÌ of the Father 28 Then said Iesus vnto them When ye haue lift vp the Sonne of man then shal ye knowe that I am he and that I do nothing of my self but as my Father hathe taught me so I speake these things 29 For he that sent me is with me the Father hath not left me alone because I do alwayes those things that please him 30 ¶ As he spake these things many beleued in him 31 Then said Iesus to the Iewes which
couetous persone which is an idolater hathe any inheritance in the kingdom of Christ of God 6 * Let no man deceiue you with vaine wordes for suche things commeth the wrath of God vpon the children of disobedience 7 Be not therefore companions with them 8 For ye were once darkenes but are now light in the Lord walke as childreÌ of light 9 For the frute of the Spirite is in all goodnes and righteousnes and trueth 10 Approuyng that whiche is pleasing to the Lord. 11 And haue no fellowship with the vnfruteful workes of darkenes but euen reproue theÌ rather 12 For it is shame euen to speake of the things whiche are done of them in secret 13 But all thinges when they are reproued of the light are manifest for it is light that ma keth all things manifest 14 Wherefore he saith A wake thou that slepest and stand vp from the dead and Christe shall giue thee light 15 Take hede therefore that ye walke circumspectly not as fooles but as * wise 16 Redemyng the time for the dayes are euil 17 * Wherefore be ye not vnwyse but vnderstand what the will of the Lord is 18 And be not drunke with wine wherein is excesse but be fulfilled with the Spirit 19 Speaking vnto your selues in psalmes and hymnes and spiritual songs singing and making melodie to the Lord in your hearts 20 Giuing thankes ãâã for all things vnto God euen the Father in the Name of our Lord Iesus Christ. 21 Submitting yourselues one to another in the feare of God 22 ¶ * Wiues submit yourselues vnto your housbands as vnto the Lord. 23 * For the housband is the wiues head euen as Christ is the head of the Church and the same is the sauiour of his bodie 24 Therefore as the Churche is in subiection to Christ euen so let the wiues be to their housbands in euerie thing 25 ¶ * Housbands loue your wiues euen as Christ loued the Churche and gaue him self for it 26 That he might sanctifie it and clense it by the washing of water through the worde 27 That he might make it vnto himself a glorious Church not hauing spot or wrincle or anie suche thing but that it shulde be holie and without blame 28 So ought men to loue their wiues as their owne bodies he that loueth his wife loueth him self 29 For no man euer yet hated his owne flesh but nourisheth and cherisheth it euen as the Lord doeth the Church 30 For we are members of his bodie of his flesh and of his bones 31 * For this cause shal a man leaue father and mother and shal cleaue to his wife and they twaine shal be one flesh 32 This is a great secret but I speake concerning Christ and concerning the Churche 33 Therefore euerie one of you do ye so let euerie one loue his wife euen as him self let the wife se that she feare her housbaÌd CHAP. VI. 1 How children shulde behaue themselues towarde their fathers and mothers 4 Likewise parents towarde their children 5 Seruants towarde their masters 9 Masters towarde their seruants 13 An exhortation to the spiritual battel and what weapoÌs the Christians shulde fight with all 1 CHildren * obey your parents in the Lord for this is right 2 * Honour thy father and mother whiche is the first commandement with promes 3 That it may be wel with thee and that thou maist liue long on earth 4 And ye fathers prouoke not your children to wrath but bring them vp in instruction and information of the Lord. 5 * Seruants be obedient vnto them that are your masters according to the flesh with feare treÌbling in singlenes of your hearts as vnto Christ. 6 Not with seruice to the eye as men pleasers but as the seruants of Christ doyng the will of God from the heart 7 With good will seruing the Lord and not men 8 And know ye that whatsoeuer good thing any man doeth that same shall he receiue of the Lord whether he be bonde or fre 9 And ye masters do the same things vnto theÌ putting away threatning and knowe that euen your maister also is in heauen nether * respect of persone with hym 10 ¶ Finally my brethreÌ be strong in the Lord is there and in the power of his might 11 Put on the whole armour of God that ye may be able to stand against the assauts of the deuil 12 For we wrestle not against flesh and blood but against * principalities against powers ãâã against the wordlie gouernours the princes of the darkenes of this worlde against spiritual wickednesses whiche are in the hie places 13 For this cause take vnto you the whole armour of God that ye may be able to resist in the euil daye hauing finished al things stand fast 14 Stand therefore your loines girde about with veritie and hauing on the brest plate of righteousnes 15 And your fete shod with the preparation of the Gospel of peace 16 Aboue al take the shielde of faith wherewith ye may quenche all the fyrie dartes of the wicked 17 * And take the helmet of saluation and the sworde of the Spirit which is the worde of God 18 And pray alwaise with all maner prayer and supplication in the Spirit and * watch thereunto with al perseuerance and supplication for all Saintes 19 * And for me that vtterance may be giuen vnto me that I may open my mouth boldly to publish the secret of the Gospel 20 Whereof I am the ambassadour in bondes that therin I may speake boldely as I ought to speake 21 ¶ But that ye may also knowe mine affaires and what I do ãâã chicus my deare brother and faithfull minister in the Lorde shall shewe you of all things 22 Whome I haue sent vnto you for the same purpose that ye might knowe mine affaires and that ye might comfort your hearts 23 Peace be with the brethren and loue with faith from God the Father and frome the Lord Iesus Christ. 24 Grace be with all them whiche loue our Lord Iesus Christe to their immortalitie Amen Written from Rome vnto the Ephesians and sent by Tychicus THE EPISTLE OF Paul to the Philippians THE ARGVMENT PAul being warned by the holie Gost to go to Macedonia planted first a Churche at Philippi a citie of thesame coun trey but ãâã his charge was to preache the Gospel vniuersally to all the Gentiles he trauailed from place to place ãâã ãâã ãâã he was taken prisoner at Rome whereof the Philippians being ãâã sent their minister ãâã ãâã with ãâã vnto him who declaring him the state of the Churche caused him to write this Epistle wherein he ãâã
end of your faith euen the saluation of your soules 10 Of the which saluation the Prophetes haue inquired and searched which prophecied of the grace that shulde come vnto you 11 Searching when or what time the Spirit which testified before of Christ which was in them shulde declare the suffrings that shulde come vnto Christ and the glorie that shulde followe 12 Vnto whome it was reueiled that not vnto them selues but vnto vs they shulde minister the things which are now shewed vnto you by them which * haue preached vnto you the Gospel by the holie Gost sent downe from heauen the which things the Angels desire to beholde 13 Wherefore girde vp the * loynes of your minde be sober and trust perfectly on the grace that is broght vnto you by the reuelacion of Iesus Christ 14 As obedieÌt childreÌ not facioning your selues vnto the former lusts of your ignoraÌce 15 But as he which hathe called you is holie so be ye holie in * all maner of conuersacion 16 Because it is written * Be ye holie for I am holie 17 And if ye call him Father which without * respect of persone iudgeth according to eue rie mans worke passe the time of your dwelling here in feare 18 Knowing that ye were not redemed with corruptible things as siluer aÌd golde from your vaine conuersacion receiued by the tra dicions of the fathers 19 * But with the precious blood of Christ as of a Lambe vndefiled and without spot 20 Which was ordeined before the fundacion of the worlde but was declared in the last times for your sakes 21 Which by his meanes do beleue in God that raised him from the dead and gaue him glorie that your faith and hope might be in God 22 Seing your soules are purified in obeing the trueth through the spirit to * loue brotherly without faining loue one another with a pure heart feruently 23 Being borne a new not of mortal sede but of immortal by the worde of God who liueth and endureth for euer 24 For all * flesh is as grasse and all the glorie of man is as the flower of grasse The grasse with ered and the flower falleth away 25 But the worde of the Lord endureth for euer and this is the worde which is preached among you CHAP. II. 1 He exhorteth them to laye a side all vice 4 Shewing that Christ is the fundacion whereupon they buylde 9 The excellent estate of the Christians 11 He praieth them to absteiue from ãâã lustes 13 To obey the rulers 18 How seruants shulde behaue them selues to ward their masters 20 He exhorteth to suffer after the ensample of Christ. 1 WHerefore * laying aside all maliciousnes and al guile and dissimulacion and enuie and euil speaking 2 As new borne babes desire the syncere milke of the worde that ye maye growe thereby 3 If so be that ye haue tasted how bountifull the Lord is 4 To whome ye come as vnto a liuyng stone disalowed of men but chosen of God and precious 5 And ye as liuelie stones be made a spirituall house and holie* Priesthode to offer vp spiritual sacrifices acceptable to God by Iesus Christ. 6 Wherefore it is conteined in the Scripture * Beholde I put in Sion a chief corner stone elect precious he that beleueth therein shal not be ashamed 7 Vnto you therefore whiche beleue it is precious but vnto them which be disobedient the * stone which the buylders disalowed the same is made the head of the corner 8 And a * stone to stomble at and a rocke of offence euen to them which stomble at the worde being disobedient vnto the whiche thing they were euen ordeined 9 But ye are a chosen generacion a royall * Priesthode an holie nacion a peculiar people that ye shulde shew forthe the vertues of hym that hathe called you out of darkenes into his marueilous light 10 * Whiche in time past were not a people yet are now the people of God whiche in time past were not vnder mercie but now haue obteined mercie 11 Derely beloued I beseche you as strangers and pilgrems * absteine from fleshlie Iustes whiche fight against the soule 12 * And haue your conuersacion honest amoÌg the Gentiles that they which speake euil of you as of euill doers maye by your * good workes whiche they shal se glorifie God in the day of the visitacion 13 * Submit your selues vnto all maner ordinance of man for the Lords sake whether it be vnto the King as vnto the superiour 14 Or vnto gouernours as vnto them that are sent of him for the punishmeÌt of euil doers and for the praise of them that do wel 15 For so is the wil of God that by wel doyng ye may put to silence the ignorance of the foolish men 16 As fre and not as hauing the libertie for a cloke of maliciousnes but as the seruants of God 17 Honour all men * loue brotherlie felowship feare God honour the King 18 * Seruants be subiect to your masters with all feare not onely to the good courteous but also to the frowarde 19 * For this is thanke worthie if a man for conscience towarde God endure grief suffering wrongfully 20 For what praise is it if when ye be buffeted for your fautes ye take it paciently but and if when ye do wel ye suffer wrong and take it paciently this is acceptable to God 21 For hereunto ye are called for Christ also suffred for vs leauing vs an ensample that ye shulde folowe his steppes 22 * Who did no sinne nether was there guile founde in his mouth 23 Who wheÌ he was reuiled reuiled not againe when he suffred he threatened not but committed it to him that iudgeth righteously 24 * Who his owne self bare our sinnes is his bodie on the tre that we being deliuered from sinne shulde liue in righteousnes by whose stripes ye were healed 25 For ye were as shepe going astraye but are now returned vnto the shepherd and bishope of your soules CHAP. III. 1 How wiues ought to ordre them selues towarde their housbands 3 And in their apparel 7. The duetie of men towarde their wiues 8 He exhorteth all men to vnitie and loue 14 And paciently to suffre trouble by the example and benefite of Christ. 1 LIkewise * let the wiues be subiect to their housbands that euen thei which obey not the worde may without the worde be wonne by the conuersacion of the wiues 2 While they he holde your pure conuersacion with feare 3 * Whose apparelling let it no be out warde as with broyded heere and golde put about or in putting on of
haue handled of the Worde of life 2 For the life appeared and we haue sene it and beare witnes aÌd she we vnto you the eternal life which was with the Father and appeared vnto vs 3 That I say which we haue sene and heard declare we vnto you that ye may also haue felowship with vs and that our felowship also may be with the Father and with his Sonne Iesus Christ. 4 And these things write we vnto you that your ioye may be ful 5 This then is the message which we haue heard of him and declare vnto you that God * is light in him is no darkenes 6 If we say that we haue felowship with him and walke in darkenes we lye and do not truely 7 But if we walke in the light as he is in the light we haue felowship one with another and the * blood of Iesus Christ his Sonne clenseth vs from al sinne 8 * If we say that we haue no sinne we deceiue our selues and trueth is not in vs. 9 If we acknowledge our sinnes he is faithful and iust to forgiue vs our sinnes and to clense vs from all vnrighteousnes 10 If we say we haue not sinned we make him a lier and his worde is not in vs. CHAP. II. 1 Christ is our Aduocate 19 Of true loue and how it is tried 18 To beware of Antichrist 1 MY babes these things write I vnto you that ye sinne not and if any man sinne we haue an Aduo cat with the Father Iesus Christ the Iust. 2 And he is the reconciliation for our sinnes and not for ours onely but also for the sinnes of the whole worlde 3 And hereby we are sure that we know him if we kepe his commandements 4 He that saith I knowe hym and kepeth not his commandements is a lier and the trueth is not in him 5 But he that kepeth his worde in hym is the loue of God perfite indede hereby we know that we are in him 6 He that saith he remaineth in hym ought euen so to walke as he hathe walked 7 Brethren I write no newe commandement vnto you but an olde commandement whiche ye haue had from the beginning the olde commandement is the worde whiche ye haue heard from the beginning 8 Againe a newe commandement I write vnto you that whiche is true in him and ãâã in you for the darkenes is past the true light now shineth 9 He that saith that he is in the light and hateth his brother is in darkenes vntill this time 10 * He that loueth his brother abideth in the light and there is none occasion of euil in hym 11 But he that hateth his brother is in darkenes and walketh in darkenes knoweth not whither he goeth because that darkenes hathe blinded his eyes 12 Litle children I write vnto you because your sinnes are forgiuen you for his Names sake 13 I write vnto you fathers because ye haue knowen hym that is from the beginnyng I write vnto you yong men because ye haue ouercome the wicked 14 I write vnto you babes because ye haue knowen the Father I haue written vnto you fathers because ye haue knowen hym that is froÌ the beginning I haue writen vnto you yong men because ye are strong the word of God abideth in you and ye haue ouercome the ãâã 15 Loue not the worlde nether the things that are in the worlde If any man loue the*world the loue of the Father is not in hym 16 For all that is in the worlde as the luste of the flesh the luste of the eyes and the pride of life is not of the Father but is of the worlde 17 And the worlde passeth awaye and the luste thereof but he that fulfilleth the will of God abideth euer 18 Babes it is the last time and ye haue heard that Antichrist shall come euen now are there many Antichrists whereby we know that it is the last time 19 They went out from vs but thei were not of vs for if they had bene of vs they wolde haue continued with vs. But this commeth to passe that it might appeare that they are not all of vs. 20 But ye haue an ointement from hym that is Holie and ye haue knowen all things 21 I haue not written vnto you because ye knowe not the trueth but because ye know it and that no lye is of the trueth 22 Who is a lyer but he that denyeth that Iesus is Christ the same is the Antichrist that denyeth the Father and the Sonne 23 Whosoeuer denyeth the Sonne the same hathe not the Father 24 Let therefore abide in you that same which ye haue heard from the beginnyng If that whiche ye haue heard from the beginnyng shall remaine in you ye also shall contine we in the Sonne and in the Father 25 And this is the promes that he hathe promised vs euen eternall life 26 These things haue I writen vnto you concernyng them that deceiue you 27 But the anointyng whiche ye receyued of hym dwelleth in you and ye nede not that any man teache you but as the same Anointing teacheth you of al things and it is true and is notlying and as it taught you ye shall abide in him 28 And now litle children abyde in hym that when he shal appeare we may be bolde and not be ashamed before hym at his comming 29 If ye knowe that he is righteous knowe ye that he whiche doeth righteously is borne of him CHAP. III. 1 The singular loue of God towarde vs. 7 And how we againe ought to loue one another 1 BEholde what loue the Father hathe shewed on vs that we shulde be called the sonnes of God for this cause the worlde knoweth you not because it knoweth not hym 2 Dearly beloued now are we the sonnes of God but yet it doeth not appeare what we shal be and we knowe that when he shall appeare we shal be like him for we shall se him as he is 3 And euerie man that hathe this hope in him purgeth him self euen as he is pure 4 Whosoeuer committeth sinne transgresseth also the Law for sinne is the transgression of the Law 5 And ye knowe that he appeared that he might * take away our sinnes and in hym is no sinne 6 Whosoeuer abideth in hym sinneth not whosoeuer sinneth hathe not sene him nether hathe knowen hym 7 Litle children let no man deceiue you he that doeth righteousnes is righteous as he is righteous 8 He that * committeth sinne is of the deuill for the deuill sinneth from the beginnyng for this purpose appeared the Sonne of God that he might lose the workes of the deuill 9 Whosoeuer is borne of God sinneth not for his sede
care in gouerning his owne house how muche more are they ãâã to be careful which shal gouer ne the Church of God f In the doctrine of faith g Lest being proude of his degreehe be h ãâã condemned as the deuil was for lifting vp him self by pride i As being defamed shulde become impudent do muche harme * Chap 1. 19. k That is no man may haue any thing ãâã ãâã lay to his charge k Hauing the true ãâã of the Gospel and the feare ãâã God l Of the bishopes and Deacons m The good reporte ãâã all men n To serue God with ãâã assurance because ãâã haue alway a good ãâã o This is spoken in the respect of men for as much as in this world the trueth onely ãâã the Chu ch by trason of Gods ãâã for othe wise Christ is the fundation and the corner stone whiche bothe beareth mainteineth his Churche p Approued ãâã in that he was not onely a man but God also q So that the Angels marueilled at his excellencie r To the right hand of God the Father 2. Tim. 3. 1. 2. Pet. 3. 3. a False teachers which boast theÌ selues that they haue the ãâã of the ãâã Gost. Iud 18. 5. b Their dul consciences first wa xed harde then after canker and corruption bred therein last of all it was burnt of with an hote ãâã so that he ãâã such as haue no conscien ce Ephe. 4. 19. c Vnto vs which receiue it as at Gods hands Chap. 1. 4. 6. 20. 2. Tim. 2. 16. 23. ãâã 3. 9. d Meaning to be giuen to ceremo nies and to such things as delite the fantasies of man e That is he that hath faith and a good conscience is promised to haue al things ne cessarie for this life and to enioy life euer lasting f The goodnes of God declareth it self towarde all men but chiefely towarde the faithful by preser uing theÌ here he meaneth not ãâã euerlasting g In godlie zeale or giftes of the Spirit h And reuelation of the holie Gost. i Vnder this name he conteineth the whole ministe rie of the Church which was at Ephesus â Or that all may se how thou profitest k Thou shaltfaith fully do thy duetie which is an assurance of thy saluation a Take care for them b Paul willeth that the widdowes put the Chu ch to no charge which haue ãâã children or ãâã that are able to relieue them but that the children ãâã rish their mother or kinsfolkes according as nature bindeth them c Which hathe no maner of worldlie meanes to helpe her selfe with d Because she is vtterly vnprofitable e He meaneth suche widowes which being iustly diuorced from their first housbands maried again to the selander of the Church for els he doeth not reproue the widowes that haue bene oftener maried them once f Forgetting their vocation g Not onely haue sclandred the Churchin leauing their charge but haue forsaken their religion therefore shal be punished with euer lasting death h They haue not onely done disho nour to Christ in leauing their vocation but also haue brokeÌ their faith i Which are with out al maÌs helpe and succour Deut. 15. 18. Deut. 25. 4. 1. Cor. 9. 9. Mat. 10. 10. Luk 10. 7. k Except that he which doeth ãâã him haue at least two witnesses whiche promesse with the accoser to proue that whiche they laye to his charge l Chiefly the ministers and so all others â Or protest â Or without ha ãâã ãâã Chap. 6. 13. m In ãâã them without suf ficient trial n From iuste offence o As Simon the sorcerer p Their sinnes followe whiche for a i me haue deceiued the god lie and after ãâã detected ãâã Saul Iudas and other ãâã Ephe. 6. 5. Col 3. 22. 1. Pet. 2. 18. a That is of the grace of God as ãâã seruaÌts are and hauyng the same adoption Chap. 1. ãâã b They that measure religion by riches are here taught that onely religion is the true riches Iob. 1. 21. ãâã 27. 26. c That set their felicitie in riches Eccies 5. 14. d For they are ãâã quiet nether in soule nor bodie e Whome Gods Spirit doeth rule Chap. 5. 11. Mat. 27. 11. Iohn 18. 37. Chap. 1. 11. Reuel 17. 14. 19. 16. e By this mightie power of God the ãâã are admonished ãâã dely to stande in their vocation althogh the ãâã Satan ãâã ãâã them f In things ãâã to ãâã life Iohn 1. 18. 1. Iohn 1. 12. Mar. 4. 19. Luk. 22. 15. Mat. 6 20. Luk. 6. 9. g The gifes of God for the vtilitie of the Church Chap. 1. 4. 4 7. h As when question ãâã question a Being sent of God to preache that life ãâã he had promised in Christ Iesus Act. 22. ãâã b Following the steppes of mine ancestres as Abraham ãâã Iacob and others of whome I am come and of whome I receiued the true reli gion by successioÌ c The gift of God is a certein huelie flame ãâã in our hearts whiche Satan the flesh labour to quenche and therfore we must ãâã it and ãâã it vp d With the rest of the Elders of Ephesus 1. e As thogh God wolde destroye vs. Tim. 4. 14. 1. Cor. 1. 2. ãâã 1. 3. ãâã 16. 25. f He speaketh here of his first ãâã which ãâã it semed ãâã contemptible yet was honorable glo rious therefore our mindes ought to be lifted vp from the consideration of worldlie things to contemplate the maiestie ther of ãâã ãâã 9. Col. ãâã 26. T it 1. 2. 1. Pet. ãâã 20. ãâã Tim 2. 7. g Whiche is my self h The grace of the holie Gost. â Or in the presence of manie witnesse a So that the trueth of God may remaine ãâã b As with hys hous holde and other ordinarie affaires c So that the paine must go before the ãâã d Not withstanding mine impri ãâã the worde of God hathe it race and increaseth e To confirme their faith more esteming the edi fication of the Church then him selfe 2. Cor. 1. 4. Col. 1. 24. Rom. 6. 5. Mat. 10. 33. Mar. ãâã ãâã Rom. 3 3. f Giuing to euerie one his iuste portion VVherin he alludeth to the Priests of the olde Lawe whiche in their sacrifice gaue to God hys parte toke their owne parte and gaue to him that broght the sacrifice his duetie 1. Tim. 4 7. and 6. 20. Tit. 3. 9. g He ãâã ãâã Gods election and mans fayth h Because the wicked shulde not couer them selues vnder the name of the chur the he sheweth by this similitude that bothe good and bad may ãâã therein i That is bothe separate him self fro the wicked and also purge his naturall corruption by Gods Spirit 2. Cor. 1. 2. k VVhich do not edifie 1. Tim. 1. 4. and 4. 7. Tite 3. 9. l VVhich faile of ignorance m He meaneth not this of Apostates or heretikes whome he willeth to ãâã
is Hebron in the land of Canaan 20 Thus bothe the field and the caue that is therein was made sure vnto Abraham for a possession of buryal by the Hittites CHAP. XXIIII 2 Abraham causeth his seruant to sweare to take a wife for Izhak in his owne kinred 12 The seruaÌt prayeth to God 34 His fidelitie towarde his master 50 The friendes of Rebekah commit the matter to God 58 They aske her consent and she agreeth 67 And is maryed to Izhak 1 NOw Abraham was olde and striken in yeres and the Lord had blessed Abraham in all things 2 Therefore Abraham said vnto hys eldest seruant of his house whiche had the rule ouer all that he had * Put nowe thine hande vnder my thygh 3 And I will make thee sweare by the Lorde God of the heauen and God of the earth that thou shalte not take a wyfe vnto my sonne of the daughters of the Cananites among whome I dwel 4 But thou shalte go vnto my countrie and to my kynred and take a wife vnto my sonne Izhak 5 And the seruant sayd to hym What if the wo man wyll not come with me to this land shal I bring thy sonne againe vnto the land from whence thou camest 6 To whome Abraham answered Beware that thou bring not my sonne thether againe 7 ¶ The Lorde God of heauen who toke me from my fathers house and frome the lande where I was borne and that spake vnto me and that sweare vnto me saying * Vnto thy sede wyl I giue this land he shal send his Angell before thee and thou shalt take a wyfe vnto my sonne from thence 8 Neuertheles if the woman will not followe thee then shalt thoube discharged of this mine othe onely bring not my sonne thether agayne 9 Then the seruaunt put hys hande vnder the thygh of Abraham hys master and sware to him for this matter 10 ¶ So the seruaunt toke ten camels of the camels of hys master and departed for he had all his masters goods in his hande and so he arose and went to Aram Naharaim vn to the citie of Nahor 11 And he made his camels to lie downe with out the citie by a well of water at euen aboute the tyme that women come out to drawe water 12 And he said O Lord God of my master Abra haÌ I beseche thee send me good spede this day shewe mercie vnto my master AbrahaÌ 13 Lo I stande by the well of water whiles the mens daughters of thys citie come oute to drawe water 14 Graunt that the maide to whome I saye Bowe downe thy pitcher I pray thee that I may drinke if she say Drinke and I wil giue thy camels drinke also may be she that thou hast ordeined for thy seruant Izhak and ther by shall I knowe that thou hast she wed mercie on my master 15 ¶ Nowe yet he had left speak yng beholde Rebekah came out the daughter of Bethuél sonne of Milcah the wyfe of Nahor Abrahams brother and her pitcher vppon her shulder 16 And the maide was very faire to loke vppon a virgine and vnknowen of man and she went downe to the well and filled her pitcher and came vp 17 Then the seruant ran to mete her and sayd Let me drincke I praye thee a litle water of thy pitcher 18 And she said Drinke syr and she hasted aÌd let downe her pitcher vp oÌ her hand and gaue him drinke 19 And when the had giuen hym drinke she said I wil drawe water for thy camels also vn til they haue dronken ynough 20 And she poured out her pitcher into the trogh spedelye and ranne agayne vnto the well to drawe water and she drewe for all his camels 21 So the man wondred at her and helde hys peace to wit whether the Lorde had made his iourney prosperous or not 22 And when the camels had left drinking the man toke a golden abillement of halfe a shekel weight aÌd two bracelettes for her hands of ten shekels weight of golde 23 And he sayd Whose daughter art thou tell me I praye thee Is there roume in thy Fathers house for vs to lodge in 24 Then she said to hym I am the daughter of Bethuél the sonne of Milcáh whom she bare vnto Nahôr 25 Moreouer she said vnto hym We haue lytter also and prouander ynough and roume to lodge in 26 And the man bowed him selfe and worship ped the Lord. 27 And sayd Blessed be the Lorde God of my master Abrahâm which hath not with drawen his mercie and his trueth from my master for when I was in the waye the Lorde broght me to my masters brethrens house 28 And the maide ran and told them of her mo ther 's house according to these wordes 29 ¶ Now Rebek áh had a brother called Labán and Labán ran vnto the man to the wel 30 For when he had sene the earynges and the bracelettes in his sisters hands and when he heard the wordes of Rebekáh his sister saying Thus sayd the man vnto me then he went to the man and lo he stode by the camels at the well 31 And he sayd come in thou blessed of the Lorde wherfore standest thou without seing I haue prepared the house and roume for the camels 32 ¶ TheÌ the maÌ came into the house and he vnsadeled the camels and broght litter and prouander for the camels aÌd water to washe his fete the meÌs fete that were with him 33 Afterward the meat was set before him but he sayd I will not eat vntill I haue sayd my message And he said Speake on 34 Then he said I am Abrahams seruant 35 And the Lord hath blessed my master wonderfully that he is become great for he hath giuen him shepe and beues and siluer and golde and men seruantes and maide seruantes and camels and asses 36 And Saráh my masters wife hathe borne a sonne to my master when she was olde and vnto him hathe he giuen all that he hathe 37 Nowe my master made me sweare saying Thou shalte not take a wife to my sonne of the daughters of the Canaanites in whose land I dwel 38 But thou shalt go vnto my fathers house to my kynred take a wife vnto my sonne 39 Then I said vnto my master What if the wo man wil not followe me 40 Who aunswered me The Lorde before whom I walke wil send his Angel with thee and prosper thy iourney and thou shalt take a wife for my sonne of my kindred aÌd my fathers house 41 Then shalt thou be discharged of mine othe when thou commest to my kinred and if they giue thee not one thou shalte be fre from mine othe 42 So I came this daye to the well and sayd O Lord the God of my master AbrahaÌ if thou now prosper my iourney which I
Saneherib King of Asshúr departed and went his way and returned and dwelt in Niniuéh 37 And as he was in the temple worshiping NisroÌch his God Adramélech and Sharézer his sonnes slewe him with the sworde and they escaped into the land of Ararát ad EsarhaddoÌn his sonne reigned in his steade CHAP. XX. 1 Hezehiáh is sicke and receyueth the signe of his health 12 He receyueth rewardes of Berodách 13 Sheweth his treasures and is reprehended of Isaiah 22 He dyeth and Manasséh his sonne reigneth in his steade 1 ABout that time * was Hezekiáh sicke vn to death and the Prophet Isaiáh the son ne of AmoÌz came to him and said vnto him Thus sayth the LORD Put thine house in an ordre for thou shalt dye and not liue 2 Then he turned his face to the wall and prayed to the Lord saying 3 I beseche thee ô Lord remember now how I haue walked before thee in trueth with a perfit heart and haue done that which is good in thy sight Hezekiáh wept sore 4 ¶ And a fore Isaiáh was gone out into the middle of the court the worde of the Lord came to him saying 5 Turne againe and tel Hezekiáh the captaine of my people Thus sayth the Lord God of Dauid thy father I haue heard thy prayer and sene thy teares beholde I haue healed thee and the third day thou shalt go vp to the house of the Lord 6 And I wil adde vnto thy dayes fiftene yere and wil deliuer thee and this citie out of the hand of the King of Asshúr and wil defend this citie for mine owne sake and for Dauid my seruants sake 7 Then Isaiáh said Take a lompe of drye figs And they toke it and layed it on the ãâã and he recouered 8 ¶ For Hezekiáh had said vnto Isaiáh What shal be the sigue that the Lord wil heale me and that I shal go vp into the house of the Lord the third day 9 And Isaiáh answered This signe shalt thou haue of the Lord that the Lord wil do that he hathe spoken Wilt thou that the ãâã go forwarde ten degrees or go bicke ten degrees 10 And Hezekiáh answered It is a light thing for the shadowe to passe forwarde ten degrees not so then but let the shadowe go backe ten degrees 11 And Isaiáh the Prophet called vnto the Lord and he broght againe the shadowe ten degrees backe by the degrees ãâã by it had gone downe in the dial of Aház 12 ¶ * The same season Berodách Baladán the sonne of Baladán King of ãâã sent letters and a present to Hezekiáh for he had heard how that Hezekiáh was sicke 13 And Hezekiáh heard theÌ and shewed them all his treasure house to wit the siluer and the golde and the spices and the precious ointmeÌt and all the house of his armour and al that was founde in his treasures there was nothing in his house and in all his realme that Hezekiáh she wed them not 14 Then Isaiáh the Prophet came vnto King Hezekiáh and said vnto him What said thesemen and from whence came they to thee And Hezekiáh said They be come from a farre countrey euen from Babél 15 Then said he What haue they sene in thine house And Hezekiáh answered All that is in mine house haue they sene there is nothing among my treasures that I haue not shewed them 16 And Isaiáh said vnto Hezekiáh Heare the worde of the Lord. 17 Beholde the dayes come that all that is in thine house and whatsoeuer thy fathers haue laied vp in store vnto this day * shal be caried into Babél Nothing shal beleft saith the Lord. 18 And of thy sonnes that shal procede out of thee and which thou shalt be get shal they take away and they shal be eunuches in the place of the King of Babél 19 Then Hezekiáh said vnto Isaiáh The word of the Lord which thou hast spokeÌ is good for said he Shal it not be good if peace and trueth be in my dayes 20 Concerning the rest of the actes of Hezekiáh all his valiaÌt dedes and how he made a poole and a condite broght water into the citie are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudà h 21 And Hezekiáh slept with his fathers and Manasséh his sonne reigned in his steade CHAP. XXI 3 King Manasséh restoreth idolatrie 16 And vseth great ãâã 18 He dyeth and Amon his sonne succedeth 23 who is killed of his owne seruants 26 After him ãâã Iosiah 1 MAnasséh * was twelue yere olde when he began to reigne and reigned fiftie and fiue yere in Ierusalém his mothers name also was Hephzi-báh 2 And he did euil in the sight of the Lord after the abominacion of the heathen whome the * Lord had cast out before the children of Israél 3 For he went backe and buylt the hie places * which Hezekià h his father had destroied and he erected vp altars for Báal and made a groue as did Aháb King of Israél and worshiped all the hoste of heauen and serued them 4 Also he * buylt altars in the house of the Lord of the which the Lord said * In Ierusalém wil I put my Name 5 And he buylt altars for all the hoste of the heauen in the two courtes of the house of the Lord. 6 And he caused his sonnes to passe through the fyre and gaue him selfe to witch craft and sorcerie and he vsed them that had fami liar spirits and were sothe sayers and did mu che euil in the sight of the Lord to ãâã him 7 And he set the image of the groue that he had made in the house where of the Lord had said to Dauid and to SalomoÌn his sonne * In this house aÌd in Ierusalém which I haue chosen out of all the tribes of Israél wil I put my Name for euer 8 Nether wil I make the feete of Israél moue anie more out of the land which I gaue their fathers so that they wil obserue and do all that I haue commanded them and according to all the Lawe that my seruant Mosés commanded them 9 Yet they obeyed not but Manasséh led theÌ out of the way to do more wickedly then did the heathen people whome the Lord de stroyed before the children of Israél 10 Therefore the Lord spake by his seruants the Prophetes saying 11 * Because that Manasséh King of Iudáh hathe done suche abominacions and hathe wroght more wickedly then all that the Amorites which were before him did and ha the made Iudáh sinne also with his idoles 12 Therefore thus saith the Lord God of Israél Beholde I wil bring an euil vpon Ierusalém and Iudáh that whoso heareth of it bothe his eares shal tingle 13 And I wil stretch ouer Ierusalém the line of Samaria and the plommet of the house of Aháb
ordeined and promised for them and for their sede and for all that ioyned vnto them that they wolde not faile to obserue those two dayes euerie yere ac cordyng to their writing and accordyng to their season 28 And that these dayes shulde be remembred and kept throughout euerie generation aÌd euerie familie and euerie prouince and euerie citie euen these dayes of Purim shulde not faile among the Iewes and the memorial of them shuld not perish from their sede 29 And the Quene Estér the daughter of Abihail and Mordecai the Iewe wrote with all autoritie to confirme this letter of Purim the seconde time 30 And he sent letters vnto all the Iewes to the hundreth and seuen and twentie prouin ces of the kyngdome of Ahashuerosh with wordes of peace and trueth 31 To confirme these dayes of Purim accordyng to their seasons as Mordecai the Iewe and Estér the Quene had appointed them and as they had promised for them selues and for their sede with fasting and prayer 32 And the decree of Estér confirmed these wordes of Purim was writen in the boke CHAP. X. The estimation and autoritie of Mordecai 1 ANd the Kyng Ahashuerôsh layed atribute vpon the lande and vpon the yles of the sea 2 And all the actes of hys power and of hys might aÌd the declaration of the dignitie of Mordecai wherewith the King magnified him are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kyng of Media Persia 3 For Mordecai the Iewe was the seconde vnto Kyng Ahashuerósh and greate amonge the Iewes and accepted among the multitude of hys brethren who procured the welth of his people and spake peaceably to all hys sede IOB THE ARGVMENT IN this historie is set before our eyes the example of a singular pacience For this holy man Iob was not onely extremely afflicted in outwarde things and in his body but also in his minde and conscience by the sharpe tentations of his wife and chief friends which by their vehement wordes and subtil disputations broght him almoste to dispaire for they set forthe God as a seuere iudge and mortal enemie vnto him whiche had caste him of therefore in vaine he shulde seke vnto him for succour These friends came vnto him vnder pretence of consolation and yet they tormented him more then did all his affliction Notwithstanding he did constantly resist them and at length had good successe In this storie we haue to marke that Iob mainteineth a good cause but handeleth it euil againe his aduersaries haue an euil matter but they defend it craftely For Iob helde that God did not alway punish men according to their sinnes but that he had secret iudgements whereof man knewe not the cause and therefore man colde not reason against God therein but he shulde be conuicted Moreouer he was assured that God had not reiected hym yet through his greate torments and affliction he brasteth forthe into manie inconueniencies bothe of wordes and sentences and sheweth him selfe as a desperate man in manie things and as one that wolde resist God and this is his good cause which he doeth not handel wel Agayne the aduersaries mainteine with manie goodlie arguments that God punisheth continually accordyng to the trespas grounding vpon Gods prouidence his iustice and mans sinnes yet their intention is euil for they labour to bring Iob into dispaire and so they mainteine an euil cause Ezekiél commendeth Iob as a iuste man Ezek. 14. 14 and Iames setteth out his pacience for an example Iam. 5. 11. CHAP. I. 1 The holines tiches and care of Iob for his children 11 Satan hathe permission to tempt hym 13 He tempteth him by taking awaye his substance and his children 20 His faith and pacience 1 THere was a man in the land of Vz called Iob and thys man was an vpryght and iuste man one that feared God and eschewed euil 2 And he had seuen son nes and thre daughters 3 Hys substance also was seuen thousande shepe and thre thousande camels and fiue hundreth yoke of oxen and fyue hundreth she asses and hys familie was verie great so that thys man was the greatest of all the men of the East 4 And his sonnes went and banketted in their houses euerie one his day and sent and called their thre sisters to eat aÌd to drinke with them 5 And when the dayes of their bankettyng were gone aboute Iob sent and sanctified them and rose vp early in the morning aÌd offred burnt offrings according to the noÌber of them all For Iob thoght It may be that my sonnes haue sinned and blasphemed God in their hearts thus did Iob euerie day 6 ¶ Now on a day when the children of God came and stode before the Lorde Satán came also among them 7 Then the Lorde said vnto Satan Whence commest thou And Satan aunswered the Lorde saying From compassing the earth to and fro and from walking in it 8 And the Lord said vnto Satan Hast thou not coÌsidered my seruant Iob how none is like him in the earth an vpright aÌdiust man one that feareth God and esche weth euil 9 Then SataÌ answered the Lord aÌd said doeth Iob feare God for noght 10 Hast thou not made an hedge about hym and about hys house and about all that he hathe on euerie side thou hast blessed the worke of his hands and his substance is encreased in the land 11 But stretche out now thine hand and touche all that he hathe to se if he wil not blas pheme thee to thy face 12 Then the Lorde sayd vnto Satan Lo all that he hathe is in thine hand onely vpon hym selfe shalt thou not stretche out thyne hand So Satan departed from the presence of the Lorde 13 ¶ And on a daye when hys sonnes and hys daughters were eatyng and drinkyng wine in their eldest brothers house 14 There came a messenger vnto Iob and said The oxen were plowing and the asses feding in their places 15 And the Shabeans came violently and toke them yea they haue slaine the seruants with the edge of the sworde but I onely am escaped alone to tel thee 16 And whiles he was yet speakyng another came and said The fyre of GOD is fallen from the heauen aÌd hath burnt vp the shepe and the seruants and deuoured them but I onely am escaped alone to tel thee 17 And whiles he was yet speakyng another came and said The Caldeans set out thre bandes and fel vpon the camels and haue ta ken them and haue slaine the seruants with the edge of the sworde but I onely am escaped alone to tel thee 18 And whiles he was yet speak yng came an other and said Thy sonnes and thy daughters were eating and drinking wine in their eldest brothers house 19 And be holde there came a great winde froÌ beyond the
fatherles and poore that earth lie man cause to feare no more PSAL. XI 2 This psalme coÌteineth two partes In the first Dauid shew ãâã ãâã harde assaltes of ãâã he susteined and in how great anguish of minde he was when Saúl did persecute him 4 Then next he reioyceth that God seÌt him ãâã cour in his necessitie declaring his iustice aswel in gouer ning the good the wicked men as the whole worlde ¶ To him that excelleth A Psal. of Dauid 1 IN the Lord put I my trust how say ye then to my soule Flee to your mountaine as a birde 2 For lo the wicked bend their bowe and make readie their arrowes vpoÌ the strig that they may secretly shoote at them which are vpright in heart 3 For the ãâã are cast downe what hathe the righreous done 4 The Lord is in his ãâã palace the Lords throne is in the ãâã his eyes wil consi der his ãâã lids wil trye the children of men 5 The Lord wil trye the righteous but the wic ked and him that loueth iniquitie doeth his soule hate 6 Vpon the wicked he shal raine snares fyer and brimstone and stormie tempest this is the porcion of their cup. 7 For the righteous Lord louethrighteousnes his contenan ce doeth beholde the iust PSAL. XII 1 The Propher lameÌting the miserable estate of the people and the decay of all ãâã order desireth God spedely to send succour to his children 7 TheÌ comforting him self and others with the assurar ce of Gods helpe he ãâã the ãâã ãâã that God obserueth in keping his promises ¶ To him that excelleth vpon the eight tune A ãâã of Dauid 1 HElpe Lord for there is not a godlie maÌ left for the faithful are failed ãâã amoÌg the children of men 2 They speake deceitfully euerie one with his neighbour flattering with their lippes speake with a double heart 3 The Lord cut of all flattering lippes the tongue that speaketh proude ãâã 4 Which haue said With our tongue wil we preuaile our lippes are our own who is lord ouer vs 5 Now for the oppression of the nedie and for the sighes of the poore I wil vp sayeth the Lord wil set at libertie him whom the wicked hathe snared 6 The wordes of the Lord are pure wordes as the siluer tryed in a fornace of earth fined seuen folde 7 Thou wilt kepe them ô Lord thou wilt pre serue him from this generacion for euer 8 The wicked walke on euerie side wheÌ they are exalted it is a shame for the sonnes of men PSAL. XIII 1 Dauid as it were ouercome with sundrie and newe afflictions flieth to God as his on elie ãâã 3 And so at the length being ãâã through Gods ãâã he ãâã moste sure confidence against the ãâã horrors of ãâã ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid 1 HOw long wilt thou forget me ô Lord for euer how long wilt thou hyde thy face fromme 2 How long shal I take couÌsel within my self hauing wearines daiely in mine heart how loÌg shal mine enemie be exalted aboue me 3 Beholde heare me ò Lord my God lighteÌ mine eyes that I slepe not in death 4 Lest mine enemie saye I haue preuailed against him and they that afflict me reioyce when I slide 5 But I trust in thy mercie mine heart shal reioyce in thy saluacion I ãâã sing to the Lord because he hathe ãâã with me PSAL. XIIII 1 He describeth thep ãâã nature of men which were so growen to ãâã that God ãâã ãâã ãâã vtter coÌ tempt 7 For the which thing althogh he was greatly grie ued yet being persuaded that God wolde ãâã some pre ãâã remedie he ãâã him self and others ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid 1 THe foole hathe said in his heart There is no God they haue corrupted done an abominable worke there is none that doeth good 2 The Lord loked downe from heauen vpon the children of men to se if there were anie that wolde vnderstand and seke God 3 All are gone out of the way they are all corrupt there is none that doeth good no not one 4 Do not all the workers of iniquitie knowe that they eat vp my people as they eat bread they call not vpon the Lord. 5 There they shal be takeÌ with feare because God ãâã in the generacion of the iust 6 You haue made a mocke at the counsel of the poore because the Lord is his trust 7 Oh giue saluacion vnto Israél out of Zión when the Lord turneth the ãâã of his people then Iaakób ãâã Israél shal be glad PSAL. XV. 1 This Psalme teacheth on ãâã condition God did chuse the lewes for his peculiar people wherefore he placed his Temple among them whiche was to the intent that they by liuing vprightely and godly might witnes that they were his special and holie people ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 LOrd who shal dwel in thy Tabernacle who shal rest in thine holie Mountayne 2 He that walketh vprightly and worketh righteousnes and speaketh the trueth in his heart 3 He that sclandreth not with his tongue nor doeth euil to his neighbour nor receiueth a false reporte against his neighbour 4 In whose eyes a vile persone is contemned but he honoreth them that feare the Lord he that sweareth to his owne hinderance and changeth not 5 He that giueth not his money vnto vsurie not taketh rewarde againste the innocent he that doeth these things shal neuer be moued PSAL. XVI 1 Dauid prayeth to God for succour not for his workes but for his faiths sake 4 Protesting that he hateth all ãâã taking God onelie for his coÌfort and felicitie 8 Who ãâã his to lacke nothing ¶ Michtám of Dauid 1 PReserue me ô God for in thee do I trust 2 O my soule thou hast said vnto the Lord Thou art my Lord my wel doing exteÌdeth not to thee 3 But to the Saints that are in the earth and to the excellent all my delite is in them 4 The sorowes of them that offer to another God shal be multiplied their offrings of blood wil I not offer nether make mencion of their names with my lippes 5 The Lord is the porcion of mine inheritan ce and of my cup thou shalt mainteine my lot 6 The lines are fallen vnto me in pleasant pla ces yea I haue a faire heritage 7 I wil praise the Lord who hathe giuen me counsel my reines also teache me in the nights 8 I haue set the Lord alwayes before me for he is at my right hand therefore I shal not slide 9 Wherefore mine heart is glad my toÌgue reioyceth my flesh also doeth rest in hope 10 For thou wilt not leaue my soule in the gra ue nether wilt thou suffer
accept the sacrifices of righteousnes euen the burnt offring and oblation then shal they offer calues vpon thine altar PSAL. LII 1 Dauid describeth the arrogant tyrannic of his aduersaric Doeg who by false surmises caused Ahimeléch with the rest of the Priests to he stayne 5 Dauid prophecieth his destruction 6 And incourageth the faithful to put their confidence in God whose iudgements are moste sharpe against his aduersaries 9 And finally he rendreth thankes to God for his deliuerance In this Psalme is liuely set forthe the kingdome of Antichrist ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid to giue instruction When Doeg the Edomite came and shewed Saúl said to him Dauid is come to the house of Ahimeléch 1 WHy boastest thou thy self in thy wickednes ô man of power the lo uing kindnes of God indureth daily 2 Thy tongue imagineth mischief and is like a sharpe rasor that cutteth deceitfully 3 Thou doest loue euil more then good and lies more theÌ to spake the trueth Sélah 4 Thou louest all wordes that maye destroye ô deceitful tongue 5 So shal God destroye thee for euer he shal take thee and plucke thee out of thy tabernacle rote thee out of the land of the liuing Sélah 6 The righteous also shal se it and feare and shall aught at him saying 7 Beholde the man that toke not God for his strength but trusted vnto the multitude of his riches and put his strength in his malice 8 But I shal be like a grene oliue tre in the house of God for I trusted in the mercie of God for euer and euer 9 I wil alway praise thee for that thou hast done this and I wil hope in thy Name because it is good before thy Saints PSAL. LIII 1 He describeth the crooked nature 4 The crueltie 5 And punishment of the wicked when they loke not for it 6 And desireth the deliuerance of godlie that they maie reioyce together ¶ To him that excelleth on Mahaláth A Psalme of Dauid to giue instruction 1 THe soole hathe said in his heart There is no God they haue corrupted and done abominable wickednes there is none that doeth good 2 God loked downe from heauen vpon the children of men to se if there were anie that wolde vnderstand and c seke God 3 * Euerie one is gone backe they are alto gether corrupt there is none that doeth good no not one 4 Do not the d workers of iniquitie know that they eat vp my people as they eat bread they call not vpon God 5 There they were afraied for feare where no feare was for God hathe scatered the bones of him that besieged thee thou hast put them to confusion because God hathe cast them of 6 Oh giue saluacion vnto Israél out of Zion when God turneth the captiuitie of his peo ple then Ia aôkb shal reioyce and Israél shal be glad PSAL. LIIII 1 Dauid broght into great danger by the reason of the Zi phims 5 Called vpon the Name of God to destroye his enemies 6 Promising sacrificate and fre offrings for so great deliuerance ¶ To him that excelleth on Neginóth A Psalme of Dauid to giue instruction When the Ziphims came and said vnto Saúl Is not Da uid hid among vs 1 SAue me ô God by thy Name and by thy power iudge me 2 O God heare my prayer hearken vnto the wordes of my mouth 3 For strangers are risen vp against me tyrants seke my soule they haue not set God before them Sélah 4 Beholde God is mine helper the Lord is with them that vp holde my soule 5 He shal reward euil vnto mine enemies oh cut them of in thy trueth 6 Then I wil sacrifice frely vnto thee I wil praise thy Name ô lord because it is good 7 For he hathe deliuered me out of all trouble and mine eye hathe sene my desire vpon mine enemies PSAL. LV. 1 Dauid being ingreat heauines and distresse complaineth of the crueltie of Saúl 13 And of the falsehode of his familiar acquaintance 17 Vttering moste ardent affectioÌs to moue the Lord to pitie him 22 After being assured of deliuerance he setteth forthe the grace of God as thogh he had already obteined his request ¶ To him that excelleth on Neginóth A Psalme of Dauid to giue instruction 1 HEare my prayer ô God and hide not thy self from my supplication 2 Hearken vnto me answer me I mourne in my prayer and make a noise 3 For the voyce of the enemie and for the vexation of the wicked because they haue broght iniquitie vpon me and furiously hate me 4 Mine heart trembleth within in me the terrors of death are fallen vpon me 5 Feare and trembling are come vpon me an horrible feare hathe couered me 6 And I said Oh that I had wings like a dooue then wold I flie away and rest 7 Beholde I wold take my flight farre of lodge in the wildernes Selah 8 He wolde make formy deliuerance from the stormie winde and tempest 9 Destroye o Lord and deuide their tongues for I haue sene crueltie and strife in the citie 10 Daye and night they go about it vpon the walles there of bothe iniquitie and mischief are in the middes of it 11 Wickednes is in the middes thereof deceit guile departe not from her stretes 12 Surely mine enemie did not diffame me for I colde haue borne it nether did mine aduersarie exalt him self against me for I wold haue ãâã me from him 13 But it was thou ô man euen my companion my guide and my familiar 14 Which delited in consulting together went into the House of God as coÌpanions 15 Let death sease vpon them let them go downe quicke into the graue for wicked nes is in their dwelling euen in the mid des of them 16 But I wil call vnto God and the Lord wil saue me 17 Euening and morning and at noone wil I praye and make anoise and he wil hea re my voyce 18 He hathe deliuered my soule in peace froÌ the battel that was against me for ma nie were with me 19 God shal heare and afflict them euen he that reigneth of olde ãâã because they haue no chaÌges therefore they feare not God 20 He layed his hand vpon suche as be at peace with him and he brake his couenant 21 The worde of his mouth were softer theÌ butter yet warre was in his heart his wor des were more gentle then oyle yet they were swordes 22 Cast thy burden vpon the Lord and he will nourishe thee he will not suffer the righteous to fall for euer 23 And thou o God ãâã bring them downe into the pit of ãâã the blooddie deceitful meÌ shal not liue halfe their
aloude vnto the rocke of our saluacion 2 Let vs come before his face with prayse let vs sing loude vnto him with psalmes 3 For the Lord is a great God and a greate King ãâã all gods 4 In whose hand are the depe places of the earth and the heights of the mountaines are his 5 To whome the sea belongeth for he made it and hys handes formed the drye land 6 Come let vs worship and fall downe and ãâã before the Lord our maker 7 For he is our God and we are the people of his pasture and the shepe of his hand to daie if ye wil heare his voice 8 Harden not your heart as in ãâã and as in the daye of Massáh in the wildernes 9 Where your fathers tempted me proued me thogh thei had sene my worke 10 Fortie yeres haue I contended with this generacion and said Thei are a people that erre in heart for thei haue not knoweÌ my wayes 11 Wherefore I sware in my wrath saying Surely they shal not enter into my rest PSAL. XCVI 1 An exhortation bothe to the Iewes and GeÌtiles to praise God for his mercie And this specially ought to be referred to the kingdome of Christ. 1 SIng vnto the Lord a newe song sing vnto the Lord all the earth 2 ãâã vnto the Lord and praise his Name declare his saluacion from daie to daie 3 Declare his glorie among all nations his wonders among all people 4 For the Lord is great and muche to be praised he is to be feared aboue all gods 5 For all the gods of the people are idols but the Lord made the heauen 6 Strength and glorye are before hym power and beautie are in his Sanctuarie 7 Giue vnto the Lord ye families of the people giue vnto the Lord glorie and power 8 Giue vnto the Lord the glorie of his name bring an offring and entre into his courtes 9 Worship the Lord in the glorious SaÌctuarie tremble before him all the earth 10 Saie among the nations The Lord reigneth surely the worlde shal be stable and not moue and he shal iudge the people in righteousnes 11 Let the heauens reioyce and let the earth be glad let the sea roare and all that therein is 12 Let the field be ioyful and all that is in it let all the trees of the wood then reioyce 13 Before the Lorde for he commeth for he commeth to iudge the earth he wil iudge the worlde with right cousnes the people in his trueth PSAL. XCVII 1 The Prophet exhorteth all to reioyce for the comming of the kingdome of Christ. 7 Dreadful to the rebels and idolaters 8 And ioyful to the iust whome he exhorteth to innocencie 12 To reioycing and thankesgiuing 1 THe Lord reigneth let the earth reioy ce let the multitude of theyles be glad 2 Cloudes and darkenes are round about him righteousnes and iudgemeÌt are the fundation of his throne 3 There shall go a fyer before him burne vp his enemies round about 4 His lightnings gaue light vnto the world the earth sawe it and was afraid 5 The mountaines melted like waxe at the presence of the Lord at the presence of the Lord of the whole earth 6 The heauens declare his righteousnes all the people se his glorie 7 Confounded be all thei that serue graueÌ images and that glorie in idoles worship him allye gods 8 Zión heard of it and was glad and the daughters of Iudáh reioyced because of thy iudgements ô Lord. 9 For thou Lord arte moste high aboue all the earth thou art muche exalted aboue all gods 10 Ye that loue the Lord hate euil he preserueth the soules of his Saints he will deliuer them from the hand of the wicked 11 Light is sowen for the righteous ioye for the vpright in heart 12 Reioyce ye righteous in the Lord giue thankes for his holie remembrance PSAL. XCVIII 1 An earnest exhortation to all creatures to praise the Lord for his power mercie and fidelitie in his promes by Christ 10 By whome he hathe communicated his saluacioÌ to all nations ¶ A Psalme 1 SIng vnto the Lord a new song for he hath done maruelous things * his right hand and his holie arme haue gotteÌ him the victorie 2 The Lord declared his saluatioÌ his righteousnes hathe he reueiled in the sight of the nations 3 He hathe remembred his mercie and hys trueth towarde the house of Israél all the ends of the earth haue sene the saluation of our God 4 All the earth singye loude vnto the Lord crye out and reioyce and sing praises 5 Sing praise to the Lord vpon the harpe euen vpoÌ the harpe with a singing voice 6 With shalmes and sounde of trumpets sing loude before the Lord the King 7 Let the sea roare all that the rein is the worlde and thei that dwell therein 8 Let the floods clap their hands let the mountaines reioyce together 9 Before the Lord for he is come to iudge the earth with righteousnes shal he iudge the worlde and the people with equitie PSAL. XCIX 1 He commandeth the power equitie and excelleÌcie of the kingdome of God by Christ ouer the Iewes and ãâã ãâã And prouoketh them to magnifie the same and to serue the Lord 6 Following the ãâã of the ancient Fathers Mosés Aarón Samuél who calling vpon God were heard ãâã their praiers 1 THe Lord reigneth let the people treÌble he sitteth betwene the * Cherubims let the earth be moued 2 The Lord is greate in Zión and he is high aboue all the people 3 Thei shal praise thy greate and fearefull Name for it is holie 4 And the Kings power that loueth iudgemeÌt for thou hast prepared equitie thou hast execute diudgement and iustice in IaakoÌb 5 Exalt the Lord our God and fall downe before his fotestole for he is holie 6 Mosés and Aarón were among his Priests and Samuél among suche as call vpon his Name these called vpon the Lord and he heard them 7 He spake vnto them in the cloudie piller thei kept his testimonies and the Lawe that he gaue them 8 Thou heardest them ô Lord our God thou wast a fauourable God vnto them thogh thou didest take vengeance for theyr inuentions 9 Exalt the Lord our GOD and fall downe before his holie Mountaine for the Lord our God is holie PSAL. C. 1 He exhorteth all to serue the Lord. 3 who hathe chosen vs and preserued vs. 4 And to entre into his assemblies to praise his Name ¶ A Psalme of praise 1 SIng ye loude vnto the Lord all the earth 2 Serue the Lord with gladnes come before him with ioyfulnes 3 Knowe ye that euen the Lord is GOD he hathe made vs and not we our selues we are his
spoile his labour 12 Let there be none to extend mercie vnto him nether let there be anie to shewe mer cie vpon his fatherles children 13 Let his posteritie be destroyed and in the generacion following let their name be put out 14 Let the iniquitie of his fathers be had in remembrance with the Lord and let not the sinne of his mother be done ãâã 15 But let them alway be before the Lord that maie cut of their memorial from the earth 16 Because he remembred not to shewe mer cie but persecuted the afflicted and poore man and the sorowful hearted to slaye him 17 As he loued cursing so shal it come vnto him and as he loued not blessing so shal it be farre from him 18 As he clothed him self with cursing like a raiment so shal it come into his bowels like water and like oyle into his bones 16 Let it be vnto him as a garment to couer him and for a girdle wherewith he shal be alwaie girded 20 Let this be the rewarde of mine aduersarie from the Lord and of them that speake euil against my soule 21 But thou ó Lord my God deale with me according vnto thy Name deliuerme for thy mercie is good 22 Because I am poore and nedie and mine heart is wounded within me 23 I departe like the shadowe that ãâã am shaken of as the grashoper 24 My knees are weake through fasting my flesh hathe lost all fatnes 25 I became also a rebuke vnto them they that loked vpon me shaked their heads 26 Helpe me ô Lord my God saue me according to thy mercie 27 And they shal knowe that this is thine hand and that thou Lord hast done it 28 Thogh they curse yet thou wilt blesse they shal arise and be confounded but thy seruant shal reioyce 29 Let mine a duersaries be clothed with shame and let theÌ couer theÌ selues with their confusion as with a cloke 30 I wil giue thankes vnto the Lord greatly with my mouthe and praise him among the multitude 31 For he wil stand at the right of the poore to saue him from them that wolde condeÌne his soule PSAL CX 1 Dauid prophecieth of the power and euerlasting kingdo me giuen to Christ. 4. And of his Priesthode which shuld put an end to the Priesthode of Leui. ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 THe Lord said vnto my Lord Sit thou at my right haÌd vntil I make thine ene mies thy fotestole 2 The Lord shal send the rod of thy power out of Zion be thou ruler in the middes of thine enemies 3 The people shal come willingly at the ti me of assembling thine armie in holie beautie the youth of thy wombe shal be as the morning dewe 4 The Lord sware and wil not repent Thou art a Priests for euer after the ordre of Melchi-zédek 5 The Lord that is at thy right hand shal wounde Kings in the daie of his wrath 6 He shal be Iudge among the heathen he shal fil ãâã with death bodies smite the head ouer great countreis 7 He shal drinke of the brooke in the waie therefore shal be lift vp his head PSAL. CXI 1 He giueth to the Lord for his merciful workes toward his Church to And declareth wherein true wisdome right knowledge consisteth ¶ Praise ye the Lord. 1 I Wil praise the LORD with my whole heard in the assemblie and CongregacioÌ of the iust 2 The workes of the Lord are great and ought to be soght out of all theÌ that loue them 3 His worke is beautiful and glorious and his right cousnes endureth sor euer 4 He hathe made his wonderful workes to be had in remembrance the Lord is merci ful and ful of compassion 5 He hathe giuen a portion vnto theÌ that feare him he wil euer be mindeful of his couenant 6 He hatheshewed to his peoples the power of is workes in giuing vnto them the heritage of the heathen 7 The workes of his hands are trueth and iudgement all statutes are true 8 Thei are stablished for euer euer and are done in trueth and equitie 9 He sent redemption vnto his people he hathe ãâã his couenant for euer holie and feareful is his Name 10 The beginning of wisdome is the feare of the Lord all they that obserue them haue good vnderstanding his praise endu reth for euer PSAL. CXII 1 He praiseth the felicitie of them that feare God ãâã And condemneth the cursed state of the contemners of God ¶ Praiseye the Lord. 1 BLessed is the man that feareth the Lord deliteth greatly in his commandements 2 His sede shal be mightie vpon earth the generacioÌ of the righteous shal be blessed 3 Riches and treasures shal be is his house and his righteousnes endureth for euer 4 Vnto the righteous ariseth light in darknes he is merciful and ful of compassioÌ and righteous 5 A good man is merciful and lendeth and wil measure his affaires by iudgemeÌt 6 Surely he shal neuer be moued but the righteous shal be had in euerlasting remeÌbrance 7 He wil not be afraid of euil tidings for his heart is fixed and beleueth in-the Lord 8 His heart is stablished therefore he wil not feare vntil he se his desire vpon his enemies 9 He hathe distributed and giuen to the poore his righteousnes remaineth for euer his horne shal be exalted with glorie 10 The wicked shal se it and be angrie he shal gnash with his teeth and consume awaie the desire of the wicked shal perish PSAL. CXIII 1 An exhortation to praise the Lord for his prouidence 7 In that ãâã contrarie to the course of nature he worketh in his Church ¶ Praise ye the Lord. 1 PRaise ôye seruants of the Lord praise the Name of the Lord. 2 Blessed be the Name of the Lord from hen ce forthe and for euer 3 The Lords Name is praised from the rising of the sunne vnto the going downe of the same 4 The Lord is high aboue all nacions and his glorie aboue the heauens 5 Who is like vnto the Lord our God that hathe his dwelling on high 6 Who abaseth him self to beholde things in the heauen and in the earth 7 He raiseth the nedie out of the dust lifteth vp the poore out of the dung 8 That he maie set him with the princes euen with the princes of his people 9 He maketh the baren womaÌ to dwell with a familie and a ioyful mother of children Praise ye the Lord PSAL. CXIIII 1 How the Israelites were deliuered forthe of Egypt of the wonderful miracles that God wroght at that time which put' vs in remembrance of Gods great mercie toward his Church who when the course of nature failleth preserueth his miraculously 1 WHen * Israél went out of Egypt the house of Iaak ób from
thy worde 68 Thou art good and gracious teache me thy statutes 69 The proude haue imagined a lie against me but I wil kepe thy precepts with my whole heart 70 Their heart is fat as grease but my delite is in thy Law 71 It is good for me that I haue afflicted that I maie learne thy statutes 72 The Lawe of thy mouth is better vnto me then thousands of golde and siluer IOD 73 Thine hands haue made me and facioned me giue me vnderstanding therefore that I maie learne thy commandements 74 So they that feare thee seing me shal reioyce because I haue trusted in thy worde 75 I knowe o Lord that thy iudgements are right aÌd that thou hast afflicted me iustly 76 I praie thee that thy mercie maye comfort me according to thy promes vnto thy seruaÌt 77 Let thy tender mercies come vnto me that I maie liue for thy Law is my delite 78 Let the proude be ashamed for they haue dealt wickedly and falsely with me but I meditate in thy precepts 79 Let suche as feare thee turne vnto me and they that knowe thy testimonies 80 Let mine heart he vpright in thy statutes that I be not ashamed CAPH 81 My soule fainteth for thy saluacion yet I waite for thy worde 82 Mine eyes faile for thy promes sayinge When wilt thou comfort me 83 For I am like a bottel in the smoke yet do I not forget thy statutes 84 How manie are the daies of thy seruaunt when wilt thou execute iudgement on them that persecute me 85 The proude haue digged pits for me whiche is not after thy Law 86 Althy commandements are true they per secute me falsely helpe me 87 They had almost consumed me vpon the earth but I forsoke not thy precepts 88 Quicken me accordyng to thy ãâã kindenes so shall kepe the testimonie of thy mouth LAMED 89 O Lorde thy worde endureth for euer in heauen 90 Thy trueth is from generacion to genera racion thou hast laied the fundacion of the earth and it abideth 91 They continue euen to this daie by thine ordinances for all are thy seruants 92 Except thy Law had bene my delite I shuld now haue perished in mine affliction 93 I wil neuer forget thy precepts for by them thou hast quickened me 94 I am thine saue me for I haue soght thy precepts 95 The wicked haue waited for me to destroye me but I wil consider thy testimonies 96 I haue sene an end of all perfection but thy commandement is exceding large MEM. 97 Oh how loue I thy Lawe it is my meditacion continually 98 By thy commaundements thou hast made me wiser then mine enemies for they are euer with me 99 I haue had more vnderstandyng then all my teachers for thy testimonies are my me ditacion 100 I vnderstode more then the ancient because I kept thy precepts 101 I haue refrained my fete from euerie euill way that I might kepe thy worde 102 I haue not declined from thy iudgements for thou didest teache me 103 Howe swete are thy promises vnto my mouthe yea more then honie vnto my mouth 104 By thy preceptes I haue gotten vnderstandyng therefore I hate all the wayes of falsehode NVN. 105 Thy worde is a lanterne vnto my fete and a light vnto my path 106 I haue sworne and wil performe it that I wil kepe thy righteous iudgements 107 I am verie sore afflicted o Lorde quicken me according to thy worde 108 O Lorde I beseche thee accept the fre offrings of my mouthe and teache me thy iudgements 109 My soule is continually in mine hand yet do I not forget thy Law 110 The wicked haue layed a snare for me but I swarued not from thy precepts 111 Thy testimonies haue I taken as an heritage for euer for they are the ioye of mine heart 112 I haue applied mine heart to fulfil thy statutes alwaye euen vnto the end SAMECH 113 I hate vaine inuentions but thy Lawe do I loue 114 Thou art my refuge and shield and I trust in thy worde 115 A waie from me ye wicked for I wil kepe the commandements of my God 116 Stablishe me accordynge to thy promes that ãâã maye liue and disapoint me not of mine hope 117 Stay thou me and I shal be safe and I will delite continually in thy statutes 118 Thou hast troden downe all them that departe frome thy statutes for their deceit is vaine 119 Thou hast taken awaye all the wicked of the earth like drosse therefore I loue thy testimonies 120 My flesh trembleth for feare of thee and I am afraied of thy iudgements AIN 121 I haue executed iudgemeÌt and iustice leaue me not to mine oppressours 122 Answer for thy seruant in that whiche is good aÌd let not the proude oppresse me 123 Mine eyes haue failed in waiting for thy saluacion and for thy iuste promes 124 Deale with thy seruant according to thy mercie and teache me thy statutes 125 I am thy seruaunt grante me therfore vnderstandynge that I maye knowe thy testimonies 126 It is time for the Lord to worke for they haue destroyed thy Law 127 Therefore loue I thy coÌmandemeÌts aboue golde ãâã aboue moste fine golde 128 Therefore I esteme all thy precepts moste iuste and hate all false waies PE. 129 Thy testimonies ãâã woÌderful therefore doeth my soule kepe them 130 The entrance into thy wordes sheweth light and giueth vnderstanding to the simple 131 I opened my mouth and panted because I loued thy commandements 132 Loke vpon me and be merciful vnto me as thou vsest to do vnto those that loue thy Name 133 Direct my steppes in thy worde and let no ne iniquitie haue dominion ouer me 134 Deliuer me from the oppression of men I wil kepe thy precepts 135 Shewe the light of thy countenance vpon thy seruant and teache me thy statutes 136 Mine eyes gush out with riuers of water because they kepe not thy Law STADDI 137 Righteous art thou ô Lord and iuste are thy iudgements 138 Thou hast commanded iustice by thy testimonies and trueth especially 139 * My zeale hathe euen coÌsumed me becau se mine enemies haue forgoten thy wordes 140 Thy worde is proued moste pure aÌd thy seruant loueth it 141 I am smale and despised yet do I not for get thy precepts 142 Thy righteousnes is an euerlasting righteousnes and thy Law is trueth 143 Trouble and anguishe are come vpon me yet are thy commandements my delite 144 The righteousnes of thy testimonies is euerlasting grante me vnderstanding and I shal liue KOPH 145 I haue cryed with my whole heart he are me ô Lord and I wil kepe thy statutes 146 I called vpon thee saue me and I wil kepe thy testimonies 147 I preuented the morning
light and cryed for I waited on thy worde 148 Mine eyes preuent the night watches to meditate in thy worde 149 Heare my voice according to thy louing kindenes ô Lord quicken me according to thy iudgement 150 They drawe nere that followe after malice and are farre from thy Law 151 Thou art nere ô Lord for all thy commande ments are true 152 I haue knowen long since by thy testimo nies that thou hast established them for euer RESH 153 Beholde mine afflictioÌ and deliuer me for I haue not forgotten thy Law 154 Pleade my cause and deliuer me quicken me according vnto thy worde 155 Saluacion is farre from the wicked becau se they seke not thy statutes 156 Great are thy tender mercies ô Lord quicken me according to thy iudgements 157 My persecutours and mine oppressours are manie yet do I not ãâã from thy te stimonies 158 I sawe the transgressours and was grieued because they kept not thy worde 159 Consider ô Lord how I loue thy precepts quicken me according to thy louing kindenes 160 The beginning of thy worde is trueth and all the iudgements of thy righteousnes endure for euer SCHIN 161 Princes haue persecuted me without cause but mine heart stode in awe of thy wordes 162 I reioyce at thy worde as one that findeth a great spoile 163 I hate falsehode and abhorre it but thy Lawe do I loue 164 Seuen times a daie do I praise thee because of thy righteous iudgements 165 They that loue thy Law shal haue great prosperitie and they shal haue none hurt 166 Lord haue trusted in thy saluacion and haue done thy commandements 167 My soule hathe kept thy testimonies for I loue them excedingly 168 I haue kept thy precepts and thy testimonies for all my waies are before thee TAV 169 Let my coÌplaint come before thee ô Lord and giue me vnderstanding according vn to thy worde 170 Let my supplicatioÌ come before thee deliuer me according to thy promes 171 My lippes shal speake praise when thou hast taught me thy statutes 172 My tongue shal in treate of thy worde for all thy commandements are righteous 173 Let thine hand helpe me for I haue chosen thy precepts 174 I haue longed for thy saluacion ô Lord thy Law is my delite 175 Let my soule liue and it shal praise thee and thy iudgements shal helpe me 176 I haue gone astraye like a lost shepe seke thy seruant for i do not forget thy commandements PSAL. CXX 1 The prayer of Dauid being vexed by the false reportes of Sauls flatterers 5 And therefore he lamenteth his long abode among those infideles 7 who were giuen to all kinde of wickednes and contention ¶ A song of degrees 1 I Called vnto the Lord in my trouble and he heard me 2 Deliuer my soule ô Lord from lying lippes and from a deceitful tongue 3 What doeth thy deceitful tongue bring vnto thee or what doeth it auaile thee 4 It is as the sharpe arrowes of a mightie man and as the coles of iuniper 5 Wo is to me that I remaine in Méshech dwell in the tentes of Kedár 6 My ãâã hathe to long dwelt with him that hateth peace 7 I seke peace and wheÌ I speake thereof they are bent to warre PSAL. CXXI 2 This Psalme teacheth that the faithful ought onely to loke for helpe at God 7 VVho onely doeth mainteine preserue and prosper his Church ¶ A song of degrees 1 I Wil lift mine eyes vnto the mountaines from whence mine helpe shal come 2 Mine helpe commeth froÌ the Lord which hathe made the heauen and the earth 3 He wil not suffer thy fore to slippe for he that kepeth thee wil not slumber 4 Beholde he that kepeth Israél wil nether slumber nor slepe 5 The Lord is thy keper the Lord is thy shadowe at thy right hand 6 The sunne shal not smite thee by daie nor the moone by night 7 The Lord shal preserue thee from all euil he shal kepe thy soule 8 The Lord shal preserue thy going out and thy ãâã in from hence forthe and for euer PSAL. CXXII 1 Dauid reioyceth in the name of the faithful that God hathe accomplished his promes and placed his Arke in Zión 5 For the which he giueth thankes 8 And praieth for the prosperitie of the Church ¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Dauid 1 I Reioyced when they said to me We wil go into the house of the Lord. 2 Our fete shal stand in thy gates ô Ierusalém 3 Ierusalém is buylded as a citie that is compact together in it self 4 Whereunto the tribes euen the tribes of the Lord go vp according to the testimonie to Israél to praise the Name of the Lord. 5 For there are thrones set for iudgement euen the thrones of the house of Dauid 6 Praise for the peace of Ierusalém let theÌ pro sper that loue thee 7 Peace be within thy walles and prosperitie within thy palaces 8 For my brethren and neighbours sakes I wil wish thee now prosperitie 9 Because of the House of the Lord our God I wil procure thy welth PSAL. CXXIII 1 A praier of the faithful which were afflicted ether in BabyloÌ or vnder Antiochus by the wicked worldelings and contemners of God ¶ A song of degrees 1 I Lift vp mine eyes to thee that dwellest in the heauens 2 Beholde as the eyes of seruants loke vnto the hand of their masters and as the eyes of a maiden vnto the haÌd of her mastres so our eyes waite vpon the Lord our God vntil he haue mercie vpon vs. 3 Haue mercie vpon vs ô Lord haue mercie vpon vs for we haue suffred to muche contempt 4 Our soule is filled to ful of the mocking of the welthie and of the despitefulnes of the proude PSAL. CXXIIII 2 The people of God escaping a great peril do acknowledge them selues to be deliuered not by their owne force but by the power of God 4 They declare the greatnes of the peril 6 And praise the Name of God ¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Dauid 1 IF the Lord had not bene on our side maie Israél now say 2 If the Lord had not bene on our side when men rose vp against vs 3 They had then swallowed vs vp quicke when their wrath was kindled against vs. 4 Then the waters had drowned vs and the streame had gone ouer our soule 5 Then had the swelling waters gone ouer our soule 6 Praised be the Lord which hathe not giueÌ vs as a praye vnto their teeth 7 Our soule is escaped euen as a birde out of the snare of the foulers the snare is broken and we are deliuered 8 Our helpe is in the Name of the Lord which hathe made heauen and earth PSAL. CXXV
glorious maiestie and thy wonderful workes 6 and they shal speake of the power of thy feareful Actes and I wil declare thy greatnes 7 They shal breake out into the mention of thy great goodnes and shal sing aloude of thy righteousnes 8 * The Lord is gratious and merciful slowe to angre and of great mercie 9 The Lord is good to all and his mercies are ouer all his workes 10 All thy workes praise thee ô Lord and thy Saints blesse thee 11 They shewe the glorie of thy kingdome and speake of thy power 12 To cause his power to be knowen to the sonnes of men and the glourious renome of his kingdome 13 Thy * kindome is an euerlasting kingdome and thy dominion endureth throughout all ages 14 The Lord vpholdeth all that fall and lifteth vp all that are readie to fall 15 The eyes of all waite vpon thee and thou giuest them their meat in due season 16 Thou opene st thine hand fillest all things liuing of thy good pleasure 17 The Lord is righteous in all his waies and holie in all his workes 18 The Lord is nere vnto all that call vpon him yea to al that call vpon him in trueth 19 He wil fulfil the desire of them that feare him he also wil heare their crye and wil saue them 20 The Lord preserueth all them that loue him but he wil destroye all the wicked 21 My mouth shal speake the praise of the Lord and all flesh shal blesse his holie Name for euer and euer PSAL. CXLVI 1 Dauid declareth his great zeale that he hathe to praise God 3 And teacheth not to trust in man but onely in God almightie 7 VVhich deliuereth the afflicted 9 Defendeth the strangers comforteth the fatherles and the windowes 10 And reigneth for euer ¶ Praise ye the Lord. 1 PRaise thou the Lord ô my soule 2 I wil praise the Lord during my life as long as I haue anie being I wil sing vnto my God 3 Put not your trust in princes nor in the sonne of maÌ for there is none helpe in him 4 His breath departeth and he returneth to his earth then his thoghts perish 5 Blessed is he that hathe the God of Iaakób for his helpe whose hope is in the Lord his God 6 Which made heauen and earth the sea and al that therein is which kepeth his fidelitie foreuer 7 Which executeth iustice for the oppressed which giueth bread to the hungrie the Lord looseth the prisoners 8 The Lord giueth sight to the blinde the Lord raise thvp the croked the Lord loueth the righteous 9 The Lord kepeth the strangers he relieueth the fatherles and widowe but he ouer thro weth the way of the wicked 10 The Lord shal reigne for euer ô Zión thy God endureth from generacion to generacion Pray se ye the Lord. PSAL. CXLVII 1 The Prophet praiseth the bountie wisdome power iustice and prouidence of God vpon all his creatures 2 But specially vpon his Church which he gathereth together after their dispersion 19 Declaring his worde and iudgements so vnto them as he hathe done to none other people 1 PRaise ye the Lord for it is good to sing vnto our God for it is a pleasaÌt thing and praise is comelie 2 The Lord doeth buyld vp Ierusalém gather together the dispersed of Israél 3 He healeth those that are brokeÌ in heart and bindeth vp their sores 4 He counteth the nomber of the starres and calleth them all by their names 5 Great is our Lord great is his power his wisdome is infinite 6 The ãâã releueth the meke abaseth the wicked to the grounde 7 Sing vnto the Lord with praise sing vpoÌ the harpe vnto our God 8 Which couereth the heaueÌ with cloudes and prepareth raine for the earthe maketh the grasse to growe vpon the mountaines 9 Which giueth to beastes their fode and to the yong rauens that crye 10 He hathe not pleasure in the streÌgth of an horse nether deliteth he in the legges of man 11 But the Lord deliteth in them that feare him and attend vpon his mercie 12 ãâã the Lord ô Ierusalém praise thy God ô Zión 13 For he hathe made the barres of thy gates strong hathe blessed thy childreÌ within thee 14 He setteth peace in thy borders satisfieth thee with the floure of wheat 15 He sendeth forthe his commandement vpon earth and his worde runneth verie swiftly 16 He giueth snow like wool scattereth the hoare frost like ashes 17 He casteth forthe his ãâã like morsels who can abide the colde thereof 18 He sendeth his worde and melteth them he causeth his ãâã to blowe and the waters flowe 19 He sheweth his worde vnto Iaakób his statutes and his iudgements vnto Israél 20 He hathe nor dealt so with euerie nacion nether haue they knowen his iudgements Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXLVIII 1 He prouoketh all creatures to praise the Lord in heauen and earth and all places 14 Specially his Church for the power that he hathe giuen to the same after that he had chosen them and ioyned them vnto him ¶ Praise ye the Lord. 1 PRaise ye the Lord from the heaueÌ praise ye him in the high places 2 Praise ye him all ye his Angels praise him all his armie 3 Praise ye him sunne and moone praise ye him all bright starres 4 Praise ye hym heauens of heauens and waters that be aboue the heauens 5 Let them praise the Name of the Lord for he commanded and they were created 6 And he hathe established them for euer euer he hathe made an ordinance whiche shal not passe 7 Praise ye the Lord froÌ the earth ye dragons and all depths 8 Fyre and haile snowe and vapors stormie winde which execute his worde 9 Mountaines and all hilles frutefull trees and all cedres 10 ãâã and all cattel creaping things feathered foules 11 Kings of the earth and all people princes and all iudges of the worlde 12 Yong men and maidens also olde men ãâã 13 Let them praise the Name of the Lord for his Name onely is to be exalted and hys praise aboue the earth and the heauens 14 For he hathe exalted the horne of hys people which is a praise for al his Saintes euen for the children of Israél a people that is nere vnto him Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CXLIX 1 An exhortation to the Church to praise the Lord for his victorie and conquest that he giueth his Saints agaynste all mans ãâã ¶ Praise ye the Lord. 1 SIng ye vnto the Lord a new song let his praise be heard in the ãâã of Saints 2 Let Israél reioyce in him that made him and let the childreÌ of Zión reioyce in ãâã King 3 Let them praise his Name with the flute let
blacke and darke 10 And be hold there met him a woman with an harlots behauiour and subtil in heart 11 She is babling and lowde whose fete caÌ not abide in her house 12 Now she is without now in the stretes lieth in waite at euerie corner 13 So she caught him and kissed him with an impudent face said vnto him 14 I haue peace offrings this daye haue I paied my vowes 15 Therefore came I forth to mete thee that I might sekethy face I haue fouÌde thee 16 I haue deckt my bed with ornameÌts carpets and laces of Egypt 17 I haue perfumed my bed with myrrhe aloes and cynamom 18 Come let vs take our fil of loue vntil the mornig let vs take our pleasure in ãâã 19 For mine housband is not at home he is gone a iourney farre of 20 ãâã hathe taken with him a bagge of siluer and will come home at the daye appointed 21 Thus with her great craft she caused him to yelde and with her slattering lippes she entised him 22 And he followed her straight waies as an oxe that goeth to the slaughter as a foole to the stockes for correction 23 Till a darte strike through his liuer as a birde hasteth to the snare not knowing that he is in danger 24 ¶ Heare me now therefore oÌ children hearken to the wordes of my mouth 25 Let not thine heart decline to her wayes wander thou not in her paths 26 For she hathe caused manie to fall downe wounded and the stronge men are all slayne by her 27 Her house is the waie * vnto the graue which goeth downe to the chaÌbers of death CHAP. VIII 1 Wisdome declareth her excellencie 11 Riches 15 Power 22 Eternitie 32 She exhorteth all to loue followe her 1 DOeth * not wisdome crye and vnderstanding vtter her voyce 2 She standeth in the top of the high places by the way in the place of the paths 3 She cryeth besides the gates before the citie at the entrie of the dores 4 O meÌ I call vnto you and vtter my voice to the children of men 5 O ye foolishe men vnderstand wisdome and ye à fooles be wise in heart 6 Giue ãâã for I will speake of excellent things and the opening of my lippes shal teache things that be right 7 For my mouth shal speake the trueth and my lippes abhorre wickednes 8 All the wordes of my mouthe are righteous there is no lewdenes nor fro wardenes in them 9 Thei are all plaine to him that wil vnderstand and straight to them that wold finde knowledge 10 Receiue mine instruction and not siluer and knowledge rather then fine golde 11 For wisdome is better then precious stones and all pleasures are not to be compared vnto her 12 I wisdome dwel with prudeÌce and I finde forthe knowledge and counsels 13 The feare of the Lord is to hate euil as pride and arrogancie and the euill waye and a mouth that speaketh lewde things I do hate 14 I haue counsel and wisdome I am vnderstanding and I haue strength 15 By me Kings reigne and princes decree iustice 16 By me princes rule and the nobles and all the iudges of the earth 17 I loue them that loue me thei that seke me early shal finde me 18 Riches and honour are with me euen durable riches and righteousnes 19 My frute is better then golde euen then fine golde and my reuenues better then fine siluer 20 I cause to walke in the waie of righteous nes and in the middes of the pathes of iudgement 21 That I maie cause theÌ that loue me to inherite substance I wil fil their treasures 22 The Lord hath possessed me in the beginning of his waie I was before his workes of olde 23 I was set vp from euerlasting frome the beginning and before the earth 24 When there were no depths was I begotten when there were no fountaines abunding with water 25 Before the mountaines were setled and before the hilles was I begotten 26 He had not yet made the earthe nor the open places nor the height of the dust in the worlde 27 WheÌ he prepared the heaueÌs I was there when he set the compas vpon the depe 28 When he established the cloudes aboue wheÌ he coÌfirmed the fouÌtaines of the depe 29 When he gaue his decree to the sea that the waters shulde not passe his commaÌdement when he appointed the fundacions of the earth 30 Then was I with him as a nourisher and I was daily his delite reioycing alwaie before him 31 And toke my solace in the compasse of his earth and my delite is with the chil dren of men 32 Therefore now hearken ô children vnto me for blessed are thei that kepe my waie 33 Heare instruction and be ye wise refuse it not blessed is the man that heareth me watching daily at my gates and giuing attendance at the postes of my dores 34 For he that fin deth me fin deth life and shal obteine fauour of the Lord. 35 But he that sinneth against me hurteth his owne soule and all that hate me loue death CHAP IX 2 Wisdome calleth all to her feast 7 The scorner wil not be corrected 10 The feare of God 13 The conditions of the harlot 1 WIsdome hathe buylt her house hewen out her seuen pillers 2 She hathe killed her vitailes drawen her wine and prepared her table 3 She hathe sent forthe her maidens and cryeth vpon the higgest places of the citie ãâã 4 Whoso is simple let him come hether to him that is destitute of wisdom she saith 5 Come and eat of my meat and drinke of the wine that I haue drawen 6 Forsake your way ye foolish and ye shal liue walke in the waie of vnderstanding 7 He that reproueth a scorner purchasseth to him self shame and he that rebuketh the wicked getteth him self a blot 8 Rebuke not a scorner lest he hate thee but rebuke a wise maÌ he wil loue thee 9 Giue admonicion to the wise and he wil be the wiser teache a righteous man and he wil increase in learning 10 The beginning of wisdome is the feare of the Lord and the knowledge of holy things is vnderstanding 11 For thy dayes shal be multiplied by me and the yeres of thy life shal be augmented 12 If thou be wise thou shalt be wise for thy self and if thou be a scorner thou alone shalt suffre 13 ¶ A foolish woman is troublesome she is ignorant and knoweth nothing 14 But she sitteth at the dore of her house on a seat in the hye places of the citie 15 To call them that passe by the way that go right on their way saying 16 Who so is simple let him come hether and to him that is destitute of
rightous is as a tre of life and he that winneth soules is wise 31 Beholde the righteous shal be recompeÌsed in the earth how muche more the wicked and the sinner CHAP. XII 1 HE that loueth instructioÌ loueth knowledge but he that hateth correctioÌ is a foole 2 A goodman gatteth fauoure of the Lord but the man of wicked imaginacions wil he condemne 3 A man can not be established by wickednes but the roote of the reighteous shal not be moued 4 A verteous woman is the crowne of her housband but she that maketh him ashamed is as corruption in his bones 5 The thoghts of the iuste are right but the counsels of the wicked are disceitful 6 The talking of the wicked is to lie in wait for blood but the mouth of the righteous wil ãâã them 7 God ouerthroweth the wicked and they are not but the house of the righteous shal stand 8 A maÌ shal be commended for his wisdome but the froward of heart shal be despised 9 He that is despised and is his owne seruant is better theÌ he that boasteth himself and laketh bread 10 A righteous man regardeth the life of his beast but the mercies of the wicked are cruel 11 * He that tilleth his land shal be satisfied with bread but he that followeth the idle is destitute of vnderstanding 12 The wicked desireth the net of euils but the roote of the righteous giueth frute 13 The euil man is ãâã by the wickednes of his lippes but the iust shal come out of aduersitie 14 A man shal be saciate with good things by the frute of his mouth and the recoÌpense of a mans hands shal God giue vnto him 15 The way of a foole is right in his owne eyes but he that heareth counsel is wise 16 A foole in a day shal be knowen by his angre but he that couereth shame is wise 17 He that speaketh trueth wil shewe righ teousnes but a false witnes vseth disceit 18 * There is that speaketh wordes like the prickings of a sworde but the tongue of wise men is health 19 The lippe of trueth shal be stable for euer but a lying tongue varieth in continently 20 Disceit is in the heart of them that imagine euil but to the counsellers of peace shal be ioye 21 There shal none iniquitie come to the iuste but the wicked are ful of euil 22 The lying lippes are an abomination to the Lord but they that deale truely are his delite 23 A wise man conceileth knowledge but the heart of the fooles publisheth foolishnes 24 * The hand of the diligent shal be are rule but the idle shal be vnder tribute 25 Heauines in the heart of maÌ doeth bring it downe but a good worde reioyceth it 26 The righteous is more excellent then his neighbour but the way of the wicked wil disceiue them 27 The disceitful man rosteth not that he toke in hunting but the riches of the diligent man are precious 28 Life is in the way of righteousnes and in that pathway there is no death CHAP. XIII 1 A Wise sonne wil obey the instruction of his father but a skorner wil heare no rebuke 2 A man shal eat good things by the frute of his mouth but the soule of the trespassers shal suffer violence 3 He that kepeth his mouthe kepeth his life but he that ãâã his lippes destruction shal be to him 4 The sluggarde lusteth but his soule hathe noght but the soule of the diligent shal haue plentie 5 A righteous man hateth lying workes but the wicked causeth sclander and shame 6 Righteousnes preserueth the vpright of life but wickednes ouerthroweth the sinner 7 There is that maketh himself riche and hathe nothing and that maketh himself poore hauing great riches 8 A man wil giue his riches for the rauÌsome of his life but the poore caÌnot heare the reproche 9 The light of the righteous reioyceth but the candle of the wicked shal be put out 10 Onely by pride doeth man make conteÌ tion but with the wel aduised is wisdome 11 The riches of vanitie shal diminish but he that gathereth with the hand shal increa se them 12 The hope that is differred is the fainting of the heart but wheÌ the desire commeth it is as a tre of life 13 He that despiseth the worde he shal be de stroyed but he that feareth the commandement he shal be rewarded 14 The instruction of a wise man is as the well spring of life to turne away from the snares of death 15 Good vnderstanding maketh acceptable but the way of the disobedient is hated 16 Euerie wiseman wil worke by knowledge but a foole wil spread abroad follie 17 * A wicked messeÌger falleth into euil but a faithfull ambassadour is preseruation 18 Pouertie shame is to him that refuseth instruction but he that regardeth correctioÌ shal be honored 19 A desire accomplished deliteth the soule but it is an abomination to fooles to departe from euil 20 He that walketh with the wise shal be wise but a companioÌ of fooles shal be afflicted 21 Affliction followeth sinners but vnto the righteous God wil recompense good 22 The good maÌ shal giue inheritance vnto his childrens children and the riches of the sinner is laied vp for the iuste 23 Muche foode is in the field of the poore but the field is destroyed without discretioÌ 24 * He that spareth his rod hateth his soÌne but he that loueth hiÌ chasteneth hiÌbetime 25 The righteous eateth to the contentatioÌ of his minde but the bellie of the wicked shal want CHAP. XIIII 1 A Wise woman buyldeth her house but the foolish destroieth it with her owne hands 2 * He that walketh in his righteousnes feareth the Lord but he that is lewde in his waies despiseth him 3 In the mouth of the foolish is the rod of pride but the lippes of the wise preserue them 4 Where none oxen are there the crib is emptie but muche increase coÌmeth by the strength of the oxe 5 A faithful witnes wil not lye but a false re corde wil speake lyes 6 A scorne seketh wisdome and findeth it not but knowledge is easie to hiÌ that wil vnderstand 7 Departe froÌ the foolish maÌ whé thou percei uest not in him the lippes of knowledge 8 The wisdome of the prudent is to vnderstand his way but the foolishnes of the fooles is desceit 9 The foole maketh a mocke of sinne but among the righteous there is fauour 10 The heart knoweth the bitternes of his soule and the stranger shal not medle with his ioye 11 The house of the wicked shal be destroyed but the tabernacle of the righteous shal florish 12 * There is a way which semeth right to a man but the yssues thereof are the wayes
his owne eyes but the Lord pondereth the hearts 3 * To do iustice and iudgement is more acceptable to the Lord then sacrifice 4 A hautie loke and a proude heart whiche is the light of the wicked is sinne 5 The thoghts of the diligeÌt do surely bring abundance but whosoeuer is hastie cometh surely to pouertie 6 * The gathering of treasures by a disceitfull tongue is vanitie tossed to and fro of them that seke death 7 The robberie of the wicked shall destroye them for they haue refused to execute iudgement 8 The way of some is peruerted and strange but of the pure man his worke is right 9 * It is better to dwell in a corner of the house toppe then with a contentious woman in a wide house 10 The soule of the wicked wisheth euil and his neighbour hathe no fauour in his eyes 11 When the scorner is punished the foolish is wise and when one instructeth the wise he wil receiue knowledge 12 The ryghteous teacheth the house of the wicked but God ouerthro weth the wicked for their euil 13 He that stoppeth hys eare at the crying of the poore he shal also crie and not be heard 14 A gift in secret pacifieth angre and a gift in the bosome great wrath 15 It is ioye to the iuste to do iudgement but destruction shal be to the workers of iniquitie 16 A man that wandereth out of the waye of wisdome shal remaine in the congregacion of the dead 17 He that loueth pastime shal be a poore man aÌd he that loueth wine and oyle shall not be riche 18 The wicked shal be a raÌsome for the iust and the transgressour for the righteous 19 * It is better to dwel in the wildernes then with a cotentious and angrie woman 20 In the house of the wise is a pleasant treasure and oyle but a foolishe man deuoureth it 21 He that followeth after righteousnes and mercie shal finde life righteousnes glorie 22 A wise man goeth vp into the citie of the mightie and casteth downe the strength of the confidence thereof 23 He that kepeth his mouth and his tongue kepeth his soule from afflictions 24 Proude hautie and scorneful is his name that worketh in his arrogancie wrath 25 The desire of the slouthfull slaieth him for his hands refuse to worke 26 He ãâã gredely but the righteous giueth and spareth not 27 The * sacrifice of the wicked is an abominacion how muche more when he bringeth it with a wicked minde 28 * A false witnes shal perish but he that he areth speaketh continually 29 A wicked man hardeneth his face but the iuste he wil direct his way 30 There is no wisdome nether vnderstaÌding nor counsel against the Lord. 31 The horse is prepared againste the daye of battel but ãâã is of the Lord. CHAP. XXII 1 A * Good name is to be choseÌ aboue good riches and ãâã fauour is aboue siluer and aboue golde 2 * The riche and poore mete together the Lord is the maker of them all 3 * A prudent man seeth the plague and hideth him selfe but the foolish go on still and are punished 4 The rewarde of humilitie and the feare of God is riches and glorie and life 5 Thornes and snares are in the way of the fro warde but he that regardeth his soule will ãâã farre from them 6 Teache a childe in the trade of hys waye and when he is olde he shall not departe from it 7 The riche ruleth the poore and the borower is seruant to the man that lendeth 8 He that soweth iniquitie shall reape affliction and the rodde of his angre shal faile 9 * He that hathe a good eye he shal be blessed for he giueth of his bread vnto the pore 10 Cast out the scorner and strife shall go out so contention and reproche shal cease 11 He that loueth purenes of heart for the gra ce of lips the King shal be his friend 12 The eyes of the Lord preserue knowledge but he ouerthroweth the wordes of the transgressour 13 The slouthfull man saith Alyon is without I shal be slaine in the strete 14 The mouth of strange women is as a depe pit he with whom the Lord is angrie shal fall therein 15 Foolishnes is bounde in the heart of a child but the rodde of correction shal driue it away ãâã ãâã 16 He that ãâã ãâã the poore to increase himself ãâã giueth vnto the riche shall surely come to pouertie 17 ¶ Incline thine eare and heare the wordes of the wise and applie thine heart vnto my knowledge 18 For it shal be pleasant if thou kepe them in thy bellie if they be directed together in thy lippes 19 That thy confidence may be in the Lord I haue shewed thee this day thou therefore take hede 20 Haue not I written vnto thee thre times in counsele and knowledge 21 That I might shewe thee the assurance of the wordes of trueth to answer the wordes of trueth to them that send to thee 22 Robbe not the poore because he is poore nether oppresse the afflicted in iudgement 23 For the Lord * wil defende their cause and spoile the soule of those that spoile them 24 Make no friendship with an angrieman nether go with the furious man 25 Lest thou learne his wayes and receiue destruction to thy soule 26 Be not thou of them that touche the hand nor among them that are suretie for debts 27 If thou hast nothiÌg to paie why causest thou that he shuld take thy bed from vnder thee 28 Thou shalt not * remoue the ancient boundes which thy fathers haue made 29 Thou seest that a diligeÌt man in his busines standeth before Kings and standeth not be fore the base sorte CHAP. XXIII 1 WHen thou sittest to eat with a ruler consider diligeÌtly what is before thee 2 And put the knife to thy throte if thou be a man giuen to the appetite 3 Be not desirous of his deintie meats for it is a desceiuable meat 4 Trauail not to muche to be riche but cease from thy wisdome 5 Wilt thou cast thine eyes vpon it which is nothing for riches taketh her to her winges as an egle and flieth into the heauen 6 Eat thou not the bread of him that hathe an euil eye nether desire his deintie meats 7 For as thogh he thoght it in his heart so wil he say vnto thee Eat drinke but his heart is not with thee 8 Thou shalt vomit thy morsels that thou hast eaten and thou shalt lose thy swete wordes 9 Speake not in the eares of a foole for he wil despise the wisdome of thy wordes 10 * Remoue not the ancient boundes and en tre not into the fields of the fatherles 11
the cisterne 7 And dust returne to the earth as it was and the spirit returne to GOD that gaue it 8 Vanitie of vanities saith the Preacher all is vanitie 9 And the more wise the Preacher was the more he taught the people knowledge caused them to heare and searched forthe and prepared manie parables 10 The Preacher soght to finde out pleasant wordes and an vpright writing euen the wordes of trueth 11 The wordes of the wise are like goades and like nailes fastened by the masters of the assemblies whiche are gyuen by one pastour 12 And of other things besides these my sonne take thou hede for there is none ende in making manie bokes and muche reading is a wearines of the flesh 13 Let vs heare the end of all feare God and kepe his commandements for this is the whole duetie of man 14 For God wil bring euerie worke vnto iudgement with euerie secret thing whether it be good or euil AN EXCELLENT SONG vvhich vvas Salomons THE ARGVMENT IN this Song Salomón by moste swete and coÌfortable allego ries and parables describeth the perfite loue of Iesus Christ the true Salomón and King of peace and the faithful soule or his Church which he hathe sanctified and appointed to be his spouse holy chast and without reprehension So that here is declared the singular loue of the bridegrome towarde the bride and his great and excellent benefites wherewith he doeth enriche her of his pure bountie and grace without anie of her deseruings Also the earnest affection of the Church which is in flamed with the loue of Christ desiring to be more and more ioyned to him in ãâã and not to be forsaken for anie spot or blemish that is in her CHAP. I. 1 The familiar talke and mystical communication of the ãâã loue betwene Iesus Christ his Church 6 The domestical enemies that persecute the Church 1 LEt hiÌ kisse me with the kisses of his mouthe for thy loue is better then wine 2 Because of the sauour of thy good ointments thy name is as an oyntment powred out therfore the virgines loue thee 3 Drawe me we will runne after thee the King hath broght me into his chambers we wil reioyce and be glad in thee we will remember thy loue more then wyne the righteous do loue thee 4 I am blacke ô daughters of IerusaleÌ but comelie as the frutes of Kedár as the curtines of Salomón 5 Regarde ye me not because I am blacke for the sunne hathe loked vpon me The sonnes of my mother were angrie against me they made me the keper of the vines but I kept not mine owne wine 6 Shewe me ô thou whome my soule loueth where thou fedest where thou liest at noone for why shuld I be as she that turneth aside to the flockes of thy coÌpanioÌs 7 If thou knowe not ô thou the falrest among women get thee forthe by the steppes of the flocke and fede thy kiddes by the tents of the shepherdes 8 I haue coÌpared thee ô my loue to the trou pe of horses in the charets of Pharaóh 9 Thy chekes are comelie with rowes of stones and thy necke with chaines 10 We wil make thee borders of golde with studdes of siluer 11 Whiles the King was at his repast my spikenarde gaue the smel thereof 12 My welbeloued is as a bundle of myrrhe vnto me he shal lye betwene my breastes 13 My welbeloued is as a clustre of camphire vnto me in the vines of Engédi 14 My loue behold thou art faire behold thou art faire thine eyes are like dooues 15 My welbeloued beholde thou art faire and pleasant also our bed is grene the beames of our house are cedres CHAP. II. 3 The Church desireth to rest vnder the shadow of Christ 8 She heareth his voice 14 She is compared to the ãâã ãâã And the enemies to the foxes 1 I Am the rose of the field and the lilie of the valleis 2 Like a lilie among the thornes so is my loue among the daughters 3 Like the apple tre amoÌg the trees of the forest so is my welbeloued amoÌg the sonnes of meÌ vnder his shado we had I delite and sate downe and hys frute was swete vnto my mouth 4 He broght me into the wine celler loue was his ban ner ouer me 5 Stay me with flagons and coÌfort me with apples for I am sicke of loue 6 His left hand is vnder mine head hys right hand doeth imbrace me 7 I charge you ô daughters of IerusaleÌm by the roes and by the hindes of the field that ye stirre not vp nor waken my loue vntil she please 8 It is the voice of my welbeloued behold he cometh leaping by the mountaines skipping by the hilles 9 My welbeloued is like a roe or a yong heart lo he standeth behinde our wall loking forthe of the windowes shewing him selfe through the grates 10 My welbeloued spake said vnto me Arise my loue my faire one come thy way 11 For beholde winteris past the rayne is changed and is gone away 12 The flowers appeare in the earth the time of the singing of birdes is come the voice of the turtleis heard in our land 13 The figtre hathe broght forthe her yong figges and the vines with their smal grapeshaue cast a sauour arise my loue my faire one and come away 14 My dooue that art in the holes of the rocke in the secret places of the staires shewe me thy sight let me heare thy voice for thy voyce is swete and thy sight comelie 15 Take vs the foxes the litle foxes whiche destroy the vines for our vines haue smale grapes 16 My welbeloued is mine and I am his he fedeth among the lilies 17 Vntil the daye breake and the shadowes flee away returne my welbeloued and be like a roe or a yong hart vpon the mountaines of Béther CHAP. III. 1 The Church desireth to be ioyned in separably to Christ her housband 6 Her deliuerance out of the wildernes 1 IN my bed by night I soght him that my soule loued I soght hiÌ but I fouÌd him not 2 I wil rise therefore now and go aboute in the citie by the stretes and by the opeÌ places wil seke him that my soule loueth I soght him but I founde him not 3 The watchemen that went about the citie found me to whome I said Haue you sene him whome my soule loueth 4 When I had past a litle from them then I founde him whome my soule loued I toke holde on him and left him not till I had broght him vnto my mothers house into the chamber of her that conceiued me 5 I charge you ô daughters of Ierusalém by the roes and by the hindes of the field that ye stirre not vp nor
not Hamáth like Arpád Is not Samaria as Damascus 10 Like as mine hand hathe founde the kingdomes of the idoles seing their idoles were aboue Ierusalém and aboue Samaria 11 Shal not I as I haue done to Samaria and to the idoles thereof so do to Ierusalém and to the idoles thereof 12 ¶ But when the Lord hathe accomplished all his worke vpon mount Zión and Ierusa lém I wil visit the frute of the proude heart of the King of Asshúr and his glorious and proude lokes 13 Because he said By the power of mine owne hand haue I done it and by my wisdome be cause I am wise therefore I haue remoued the borders of the people and haue spoiled their treasures and haue pulled downe the inhabitants like a valiant man 14 And mine hand hathe founde as a nest the riches of the people and as one gathereth eg ges that are left so haue I gathered all the earth and there was none to moue the wing or to open the mouth or to whisper 15 Shal the axe boast it felf against him that heweth there with or shal the sawe exalt it self against him that moueth it as if the rod shulde lift vp it self against him that taketh it vp or the staffe shulde exalt it self as it were no wood 16 Therefore shal the Lord God of hostes send among his fat men leanenes and vnder his glorie he shal kindle a burning like the burning of fyre 17 And the light of Israél shal be as a fyre and the Holy one thereof as a flame and it shal burne and deuoure his thornes and his briers in one day 18 And shal consume the glorie of his forest and of his fruteful fields bothe soule and flesh and he shal be as the fainting of a stan derd bearer 19 And the rest of the trees of his forest shal be fewe that a childe may tel them 20 ¶ And at that day shal the remnant of Israél and such as are escaped of the house of Iaakób staye no more vpon him that smote theÌ but shal stay vpon the Lord the holy one of Israél in trueth 21 The remnant shal returne euen the remnant of Iaak ób vnto the mightie God 22 For thogh thy people ô Israél be as the saÌd of the sea yet shal the remnant of theÌ retur ne The consumption decreed shall ouerflowe with righteousnes 23 For the Lord God of hostes shal make the consumption euen determined in the middes of all the land 24 Therefore thus saith the Lord God of hostes O my people that dwellest in Zión be not afraied of Ashur he shal smite thee with a rod and shal lift vp hys staffe against thee after the maner of Egypt 25 But yet a very litle tyme and the wrath shal be consumed and mine angre in their destruction 26 And the Lord of hostes shal raise vp a scour ge for him accordyng to the plague of Midian in the ãâã Oréb and as hys staffe was vpon the Sea so he wil lift it vp after the maner of Egypt 27 And at that day shal his burden be taken away from of thy shulder and his yoke from of thy necke and the yoke shal be destroyed because of the ãâã 28 He is come to ãâã he is passed into Migrón at Michmash shall he lay vp hys armour 29 They haue gone ouer the foorde they lodged in the lodging at ãâã ãâã is afrayed Gibeáh of Saul is fled away 30 Lift vp thy voice o daughter Gallim cause Laish to heare o poore Anathoth 31 MadmenaÌh is remoued the inhabitants of Gebim haue garhered them selues together 32 Yet there is a tyme that he wil stay at Nob he shal lift vp his hand toward the mount of the daughter Zión the hil of ãâã 33 ãâã the LORDE God of hostes shal cut of the bough wyth feare ãâã they of high stature shal be cut of and the hie shal be humbled 34 And he shall cut away the ãâã places of the forest with yron and Lebanon shal haue a mightie fall CHAP. XI 1 Christ borne of the roote of Ishai 2 His vertues and kingdome 6 The frutes of the Gospel ãâã The calling of the Gentiles 1 BVt there shall come a rod forthe of the stocke of Ishai and a graft shall growe out of his rootes 2 And the Spirit of the Lorde shall rest vpon him the Spirit of wisdome and vnderstaÌding the Spirit of counsel strength the Spirit of knowledge and of the feare of the Lord. 3 And shall make hym prudent in the feare of the Lord for he shal not iudge after the sight of hys eyes nether reproue by the hearing of his eares 4 But with righteousnes shal he iudge the poo re and with equitie shal he reproue for the meke of the earth and he shal smite the earth with the rod of his mouth with the breath of his lippes shal he slay the wicked 5 And iustice shal be the girdle of his loynes and faithfulnes the girdle of his raines 6 The wolfe also shal dwell with the lambe and the leoparde shal lye with the kid aÌd the cal ãâã aÌd the lyon and the fat beast together and a litle childe shal lead them 7 And the kowe and the beare shal fede their yong ones shal ãâã ãâã and the lyon shal ãâã strawe like the bullocke 8 And the suckyng childe shal playe vpon the hole of the aspe and the wained chylde shall put his hand vpon the cockatrice hole 9 Then shall none hurt nor destroye in all the mountaine of myne holynes for the earth shal be ful of ãâã knowledge of the Lord as the waters that couer the sea 10 And in that day the roote of Ishai whiche shall stande vp for a signe vnto the people the nacions shall seke vnto it and hys rest shal be glorious 11 And in the same day shal the Lord stretche out his hand agayne the seconde tyme to possesse the remnant of hys people whiche shal be ãâã of Asshur and of Egypte and of Pathros and of Ethiopia and of ElaÌm and of ãâã and of Hamáth and of the yles of the sea 12 And he shall set vp a signe to the nacions and assemble the dispersed of Israél and gather the scattered of Iudah from the foure corners of the worlde 13 The hatred also of Ephraim shall departe and the aduersaries of Iudà h shal be cut of Ephráim shall not ãâã Iudah nether shal Iudah vexe Ephraim 14 But they shal flee vpon the shoulders of the Philistims towarde the West they shal spoile them of the East together Edom and Moab shal be the stretching out of their hands and the children of Ammon in their obedience 15 The Lord also shal vtterly destroye the tongue of the Egyptians sea and with his migh tie wind shal lift vp his hand ouer the riuer and shal
all the Kings of the land of the Philistims and Ashkelón and Azzáh and EkroÌn and the remnant of Ashdod 21 Edóm and Moáb and the Ammonites 22 And all the Kings of Tyrus all the Kings of Zidón and the Kinge of the Yles that are beyonde the sea 23 And Dedán and Temá and Buz and all that dwell in the vtter must corners 24 And all the Kings of Arabia and all the Kings of Arabia that dwel in the desert 25 And all the Kings of Zimri all the Kings of ' Elám and all the Kings of the Medes 26 And all the Kings of the North farre and nere one to another and all the kingdomes of the worlde which are vpon the earth the King of Sheshách shal drinke after theÌ 27 Therefore say thou vnto them Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Drinke and be drunken and spewe and fall and rise no more because of the sworde which I wil send among you 28 ¶ But if thei refuse to take the cup at thine hand to drinke then tel them Thus saith the Lord of hostes ye shal certeinly drinke 29 For lo I beginne to plague the citie whe re my Name is called vpon and shulde you go fre Ye shal not go quite for I wil call for a sworde vpon all the inhabitaÌs of the earth saith the Lord of hostes 30 Therefore prophecie thou against them all these wordes and saie vnto them * The Lord shal roare from aboue and thrust out his voice from his holie habitacion he shal roare vpon his habitacion and crye aloude as thei that presse the grapes against all the in habitans of the earth 31 The sounde shal come to the ends of the earth for the Lord hathe a coÌtrouersie ãâã the nations and wil entre into iudgement with all flesh and he wil giue them that are wicked to the sworde saith the Lord. 32 ¶ Thus saith the Lord of hostes Beholde a plague shal go forthe from nation to nation and a * great whitle winde shal be raised vp from the coastes of the earth 33 And the slaine of the Lord shal be at that daie from one end of the earth euen vnto the other end of the earth thei shal not be mourned nether gathered nor buryed but shal be as the dongue vpon the grounde 34 Houle ye shepherds and crye and wallowe your selues in the ashes ye principal of the flocke for your daies of slaughter are accomplished and of your dispersion and ye shal fall like precious vessels 35 And the flight shal faile from the shepherds and the escaping from the principal of the flocke 36 A voice of the crye of the shepherds and an knowling of the principal of the flocke shal be heard for the Lord hathe destroyed their pasture 37 And the best pastures are destroyed becau se of the wrath and indignation of the Lord. 38 He hathe forsaken his couert as the lion for their land is waste because of the wrath of the oppressor and because of the wrath of his indignation CHAP. XXVI 2 Ieremiáh moueth the people to repentance 7 He is take of the false Prophetes and Priestes and brogh to iudgement 23 ãâã the Prophet is killed of Iehoiakim contrarie to the wil of God 1 IN the beginning of the reigne of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudah ca me this worde from the Lord saying 2 Thus saith the Lord Stand in the court of the Lords House and speake vnto all the cities of Iudáh which come to worship in the Lords House all the wordes that I command thee to speake kepe not avoide backe 3 If so be they wil hearken and turne euerie man from his euil way that I may repent me of the plague which I haue determined to bring vpon them because of the wickednes of their workes 4 And thou shalt say vnto theÌ Thus saith the Lord If ye wil not heare me to walke in my Lawes which I haue set before you 5 And to heare the wordes of my seruants the Prophetes whome I sent vnto you bothe rising vp early and sending them and wil not obeie them 6 Then wil I make this House like Shilóh and wil make this Citie a cursse to all the nacions of the earth 7 So the Priestes and the Prophetes and all the people heard Ieremiáh speaking these wordes in the Houses of the Lord. 8 Now when Ieremiáh had made an ende of speaking all that the Lord had commanded him to speake vnto all the people then the Priestes and the Prophetes all the people toke him and said Thou shalt dye the death 9 Why hast thou prophecied in the Name of the Lord saying This House shal be like Shilóh and this citie shal be desolate without an inhabitant and all the people were gathered against Ieremiáh in the House of the Lord. 10 And when the princes of Iudáh heard of these things thei came vp from the Kings house into the House of the Lord and sate downe in the entrie of the newe gate of the Lords House 11 Then spake the Priestes and the Prophetes vnto the princes and to all the people saying This man is worthie to dye for he hathe prophecied against this citie as ye haue heard with your eares 12 Then spake Ieremiáh vnto all the princes to all the people saying The Lord hathe sent me to prophecie against this House and against this citie all the things that ye haue heard 13 Therefore now amend your waies your workes heare the voice of the Lord your God that the Lord may repent him of the plague that he hath pronouÌced against you 14 As for me beholde I am in your hands do with me as ye thinke good and right 15 But knowe ye for certeine that if ye put me to death ye shal surely bring innocent blood vpon your selues and vpon this Citie and vpon the inhabitants thereof for of a trueth the Lord hath sét me vnto you to speake all these wordes in your eares 16 Then said the princes and all the people vnto the Priests to the Prophetes This man is not worthye to dye for he hathe spoken vnto vs in the Name of the Lord our God 17 ¶ Then rose ãâã certeine of the Elders of the land and ãâã to all the assemblie of the people saying 18 Micháh the Morashite * prophecied in the dayes of Hezekiáh King of Iudáh and spake to all the people of Iudáh saying Thus saith the Lord of hostes ZioÌn shal be plowed like a field and Ierusalém shal be an heape the mountaine of the House shal be as the high places of the forest 19 Did Hezekiáh King of Iudáh and all Iudáh put him to death did he not feare the LORD and prayed before the Lord and the Lord repented hym of the plague that he had
taketh away iniquitie and passeth by the transgression of the remnant of his heritage He ãâã not his wrath for euer becau se mercie pleaseth him 19 He ãâã againe and haue compassioÌ vpon vs he wil ãâã our iniquities and cast all their sinnes into the bottome of the sea 20 Thou wilt performe thy trueth to Iaakôb and mercie to Abrahám as thou hast sworne vnto our fathers in olde time NAHVM THE ARGVMENT AS they of Nineuéh shewed them selues prompt and ready to receiue the worde of God at Ionahs preaching and so turned to the Lord by repentance so after a certeine time rather giuing them selues to ãâã meanes to increase their dominion then seking to continue in the feare of God and trade wherein they had begonne they cast of the care of religion and so turned to their ãâã and ãâã Gods iuste iudgement ãâã them in afflicting his people Therefore their citie Nineuéh was destroyed Meroch ãâã King of Babél or as some thinke Nebuchad-nezzar enioved the empire of the ãâã But because God hathe a continual care of his Church he ãâã vp his Prophet to coÌfort the godlie ãâã that the destruction of their enemies shulde be for their consolation And as it semeth he prophe ãâã about the time of ãâã and not in the time of ãâã his sonne as the Iewes write CHAP. I. Of the destruction of the Assyrians and of the deliuerance of Israél 1 THe burden of Nineuéh The boke of the vision of NahuÌ the Elkeshite 2 God is ielous the Lord reuengeth the Lord reueÌgeth euen the Lord of angre the Lord wil take vengeance on his aduersaries and hereserueth wrath for his enemies 3 The Lord is slowe to angre but he is greate in power and will not surely cleare the wicked the Lord hathe his waye in the whirle winde and in the storme and the cloudes are the dust of his fete 4 He rebuketh the sea and dryeth it and he dryeth vp all the riuers Bashán is wasted and Carmél and the floure of Lebanón is wasted 5 The mountaines tremble for him and the hilles melt the earth is burnt at his sight yea the worlde and all that dwell therein 6 Who can stand before his wrath who can abide in the fiercenes of his wrath his wrath is powred out like fyre and the rockes are broken by him 7 The Lord is good and as a strong holde in the day of trouble and he knoweth theÌ that trust in him 8 But passing ouer as with a flood he will vtterly destroye the place thereof and darkenes shal pursue his enemies 9 What doye imagine against the LORD he wil make an vtter destruction affliction shal not rise vp the seconde time 10 For he shal come as vnto thornes folden one in another and as vnto drunkards in their drunkennes thei shal be deuoured as ãâã fully dryed 11 Therê cometh one out of thee that imagineth euill againste the Lord euen a wicked counselour 12 Thus saith the Lord Thogh thei be quiet and also manie yet thus shal they be cut of wheÌ he shal passe by thogh I haue afflicted thee I wil afflict thee no more 13 For now I ãâã breake his yoke from thee and wil burst thy bondes in sondre 14 And the Lord hathe giuen a commandement coÌcerning thee that no more of thy name be sowen out of the house of thy Gods wil I cut of the grauen and the molteÌ image I wil make it thy graue for thee for thou art vile 15 * Beholde vpon the mountaines the fete of him that declareth publisheth peace ô Iudáh kepethy soleÌne feastes performe thy vowes for the wicked shall no more passe through thee he is vtterly cut of CHAP. II. He describeth the victories of the Caldeans against the Assyrians 1 THe destroyer is come before thy face kepe thy munition loke to the way make thy loynes strong increase thy strength mightely 2 For the Lord hathe turned away the glorie of Iaak ób as the glorie of Israél for the emptiers haue emptied them out marred their vine branches 3 The shield of his mightie men is made red the valiant men are in skarlet the charrets shal be as in the fyre and flames in the day of his preparation and the firre trees shal tremble 4 The charets shal rage in the stretes thei shal runne to fro in the hie wayes thei shal seme like lampes they shal shote like the lightning 5 He shal remember his strong men they shal stumble as they go they shal make ha ste to the walles thereof and the defense shal be prepared 6 The gates of the riuers shal be opened the palace shal melt 7 And Huzzáh the Quene shal be led away captiuitie and her maides shal leade her as with the voyce of doues smiting vpon their breasts 8 But Nineuéh is of olde like a poole of wa ter yet they shal flee away Stand stand shal they crye but none shal loke backe 9 Spoile ye the siluer spoyle the golde for there is none end of the stone and glorie of all the pleasant vessels 10 She is emptie and voyde and waste and the heart melteth and the knees smite together and sorow is in all loines and the faces of them all gather blackenes 11 Where is the dwelling of the lyoÌs and the pasture of the lyons whelpes where the lyon and the lyonesse walked and the lyons whelpe and none made theÌ afraied 12 The lyon did teare in pieces ynough for his whelpes and woryed for his lyonesse and filled his holes with praye and his dennes with spoyle 13 Beholde I come vnto thee saith the Lord of hostes and I wil burne her charrets in the smoke and the sworde shal deuoure thy yong lyons and I wil cut of thy spoile from the earth and the voice of thy messengers shal no more be heard CHAP. III. 1 Of the fall of Nineuéh 8 No power can escape the hand of God 1 OBloodie citie it is all ful of lies and robberie the pray departeth not 2 The noyce of a ãâã the noyce of the mourning of the wheles the beating of the horses and the leaping of the charrets 2 The horsemaÌ lifteth vp bothe the bright sworde and the glitering speare and a mul titude is slaine and the dead bodies are manie there is none end of their corpses they stumble vpon their corpses 4 Because of the multitude of the fornications of the harlot that is beautifull and is a maistresse of witchcraft and selleth the people thorowe her whoredome and the nations thorowe her witchcraftes 5 Behold I come vpon thee saith the Lord of hostes and wil discouer thy skirtes vpoÌ thy face and wil she we the nations thy filthines and the kingdomes thy shame 6 And I wil cast filth vpoÌ thee make thee vile
people from the East countrey and from the West countrey 8 And I wil bring them and they shal dwell in the middes of Ierusalém and they shal be my people and I wil be their God in trueth and in righteousnes 9 Thus saith the Lord of hostes Let your hands be strong ye that heare in these dayes these wordes by the ãâã of the Prophetes which were in the ãâã that the fundacion of the House of the Lord of hostes was laide that the Temple might be ãâã 10 For before these dayes there was no hier for maÌn or anie hier for beast nether was there anie peace to him that went out or came in because of the affliction for I set all men euerie one against his neighbour 11 But now I wil not intreate the residue of this people as a fore time saith the Lord of hostes 12 For the sede shal be prosperous the vine shal giue her frute and the grounde shal gi ue her increase and the heauens shal giue their dewe and I wil cause the remnant of this people to possesse all these things 13 And it shal come to passe that asye were a curse among the heatheÌ Ã´ house of Iudáh and house of Israél so wil I deliuer you ye shal be a blessing feare not but let your hands be strong 14 For thus saith the Lord of hostes As I thogh to punish you when your fathers prouoked me vnto wrath saith the Lord of hostes and repented not 15 So againe haue I determined in these dayes to do well vnto Ierusalém and to the housé of Iudáh feare ye not 16 These are the thinges that ye shall do Speake ye euerie man the trueth vnto his neighbour execute iudgement truely and vprightly in your gates 17 And let none of you imagine euil in your hearts against his neighbour and loue no false ãâã for all these are the things that I hate saith the Lord. 18 And the worde of the Lord of hostes came vnto me saying 19 Thus saith the Lord of hostes The fast of the fourthe moneth and the fast of the fifte and the fast of the seuenth and the fast of the tenth shall be to the house of Iudáh ioye and gladnes and prosperous hie feastes therefore loue the trueth and peace 20 Thus saith the Lord of hostes That there shal yet come people and the inhabitaÌts of great cities 21 And they that dwell in one citie shal go to another saying * Vp let vs go and pray before the Lord and seke the Lord of hostes I wil go also 22 Yea greate people and mightie nations shal come to seke the Lord of hostes in Ierusalém and to pray before the Lord. 23 Thus saith the Lord of hostes In those dayes shall ten men take holde out of all langages of the nacions euen take holde of the skirt of him that is a Iewe and say We wil go with you for we haue heard that God is with you CHAP. IX 1 The threatening of the Gentiles 9 The comming of Christ. 1 THe burden of the worde of the Lord in the land of Hadrách and Damascus shal be his rest when the eyes of man eueÌ of all the tribes of Israél shal be toward the Lord. 2 And Hamáth also shall border thereby Tyrus also Zidón thogh they be verie wise 3 For Tyrus did buyld her self a stroÌg holde and heaped vp siluer as the dust and golde as the myre of the streates 4 Behold the Lord wil spoile her and he wil smite her power in the sea and she shal be ãâã with fyre 5 Ash kelón shal se it and feare and Azzáh also shal be verie sorowful and Ekrón for her countenance shal be ashamed and the King shal perish from Azzáh and Ashkelón shal not be inhabited 6 And the stranger shal dwell in Ashdód I wil cut of the pride of the Philistims 7 And I wil take away his blood out of hys mouth and his abomin a cioÌs from betwene his teeth ãâã he that remaineth euen he shal be for our God and he shal be as a prince in Iudáh but Ekrón shal be as a Iebusite 8 And I will campe aboute mine House against the armie againste hym that passeth by and against him that returneth and no oppressour shal come vpoÌ them anie more for now haue I sene with mine eyes 9 Reioyce greatly ô daughter Zión shoute for ioye ô daughter Ierusalém behold thy King cometh vnto thee he is iuste saued poore and riding vpon an asse and vpon a colte the sole of an asse 10 And I will cut of the charrets from Ephráim and the horse from Ierusalém the bowe of the battel shal be broken and he shal speake peace vnto the heathen his dominion shal be from sea vnto sea and from the riuer to the end of the land 11 Thou also shall be saued through the blood of thy couenant I haue losed thy prisoners out of the pit wherein is no water 12 Turne you to the strong holde ye prisoners of hope eueÌ to day do I declare that I wil render the double vnto thee 13 For Iudáh haue I bent as a bowe for me Ephraims hand haue I filled I haue raysed vp thy sonnes ô Zión against thy sonnes ô Grecia haue made thee as a gyaÌts sworde 14 And the Lord shal be sene ouer them and his arrowe shal go forthe as the lightning and the Lord God shal blowe the trumpet and shall come forthe with the whirlewindes of the South 15 The Lord of hostes shal defend them and they shal ãâã them and subdue theÌ with sling stones and they shal drinke make ãâã as thorowe wine and they shal be filled like bowles and as the hornes of the altar 16 And the Lord their God shal ãâã them in that day as the flocke of his people for they shal be as the stones of the crowne lifted vp vpon his land 17 For how great is his goodnes and how greate is his beautie corne shall make the yong men cherefull and newe wyne the maides CHAP. X. 1 The vanitie of ãâã 3 The Lord promiseth to visite and comforte the house of Israél 1 ASke you of the Lord raine in the time of the latter raine so shall the Lord make ãâã cloudes and gyue you showres of raine to euery one grasse in the field 2 Surelye the idoles haue spoken vanitie and the soth sayers haue sene a lie and the dreamers haue tolde a vaine thing they coÌfort in vaine therefore thei weÌt away as shepe thei were troubled because there was no shepherd 3 My wrath was kindled agaynste the shepherds and I did visite the goates but the Lord of hostes will visite hys flocke the house of Iudáh and wil make them as his beautiful horse in the battell
Adinu foure hundreth fiftie and foure 15 The sonnes of Aterisias ninetie and two the sonnes of Ceilan and Azotus sixtie and seuen the sonnes of Azucan foure hundreth thirtie and two 16 The sonnes of Ananias an hundreth and one the sonnes of Arom and the sonnes of Bassa thre hundreth twentie and thre the soÌ nes of Arsiphurith an hundreth and two 17 The sonnes of Meterus thre thousand and fiue the sonnes of Bethlomon an hundreth twentie and thre 18 They of Netophas fiftie and fiue they of Anaboth an hundreth fiftie and eight they of Bethsamos fortie and two 19 They of Cariathiarius twentie and fiue they of Caphiras Beroth seuen hundreth fortie thre they of Piras seuen hundreth 20 They of Chadias and Ammidioi fiue hundreth twentie and two they of Cirama and Gabdes six hundreth twentie and one 21 They of Macalon an hundreth twentie two they of Betolius fiftie and two the son nes of Nephis an hundreth fiftie and six 22 The sonnes of Calamolalus and Orius seueÌ hundreth twentie and fiue the sonnes of lerechus thre hundreth fortie and fiue 23 The sonnes of Annaas thre thousand thre hundreth and thirtie 24 The Priests the sonnes of Ieddu the sonne of Iesus which are counted among the son nes of Sanassib nine hundreth seuentie and two the sonnes of Meruth a thousand fiftie and two 25 The sonnes of Phassaron a thousand fourtie and seuen the sonnes of Carme a thousand and seuentene 26 ¶ The Leuites The soÌnes of Iessue Cadmiél Bannu and Suiu seuentie and foure 27 ¶ The sonnes which were holie singers The sonnes of Asaph an hundreth fortie eight 28 ¶ The porters The sonnes of Salum the sonnes of Iatal the sonnes of Tolman the sonnes of Dacobi the sonnes of Teta the soÌnes of Sami all were an hundreth thirtie and nine 29 The ministers of the Temple The sonnes of Esau the sonnes of Asipha the sonnes of Tabaoth the sonnes of Ceras the ãâã of Sud the sonnes of Phaleu the sonnes of Labana the sonnes of Agraba 30 The sonnes of ãâã the sonnes of ãâã the sonnes of Cetab the sonnes of Agaba the sonnes of Subai the ãâã of Anan the sonnes of Cathua the sonnes of Geddur 31 The sonnes of Airus the sonnes of ãâã the sonnes of Noeba the soÌnes ãâã ãâã the sonnes of Gazera the sonnes of ãâã the sonnes of Phinees the sonnes of Asara the sonnes of Basthai the sonnes of Asana the sonnes of Meani the sonnes of Naphisi the sonnes of Acub the sonnes of ãâã the sonnes of Asur the sonnes of ãâã the sonnes of Basaloth 32 The sonnes of Meeda the sonnes of Coutha the sonnes of Corea the sonnes of Charcus the sonnes of Aserar the sonnes of Thomoi the sonnes of Nasith the sonnes of Atipha 33 The sonnes of the seruants of Salomon The sonnes of Asaphion the sonnes of ãâã the sonnes of ãâã the sonnes of Lozo the sonnes of Isdaél the sonnes ãâã Sapheth 34 The sonnes of Agia the sonnes of Phachthreeth the sonnes of Sabic the sonnes of Sarothie the sonnes of Masias the sonnes of Gar the sonnes of Addus the sonnes of Subas the sonnes of Apherra the soÌnes of Ba rod is the sonnes of Sabat the sonnes of ãâã 35 All the ministers of the Temple and the son nes of the seruants of Salomon were thre hundreth seuentie and two 36 These came vp from Thermeleth and Thelersas Caraathalat and Aalar leading them 37 Nether colde they shewe their families nor their stocke how they were of Israél the son nes of Ladan the sonne of Ban the sonnes of Necodan six hundreth ãâã and two 38 And of the Priests those which exercised the office of Priests and were not founde the sonnes of Obdia the sonnes of ãâã the soÌnes of Addus * which had takeÌ for wife Augia one of the daughters of Berzelaius 39 And was called after his name and when the description of the kinred of these men had bene soght in the registre and ãâã not be founde they were set a parte from the of fice of Priests 40 For Neemias and Attharias said to theÌ that they shulde not be partakers of the holie things til there arose an hie Priest clothed with doctrine and trueth 41 So all they of Israél from them of twelue yere olde litle children were fortie thou sand besides men seruants women seruaÌts two thousand thre hundreth and sixtie 42 Their seruants and handmaides were seueÌ thousand thre hundreth fortie and seueÌ the singing men and women two hundreth for tie and fiue 43 Camelles foure hundreth thirtie and fiue and horses seuen hundreth thirtie and six mules two hundreth fortie and fiue beastes that bare the yocke fiue thousand fiue hundreth twentie and fiue 44 And there were of the gouernours after their families which wheÌ they were come to the Temple in Ierusalem vowed to buyld the House in his owne place according to their power 45 And to giue to the treasure of the workes a thousand pound in golde and fiue thousand pound in siluer and an hundreth priestlie garments 46 And the Priests and the Leuites and the peo ple dwelt in Ierusalem and in the countrei the holie singers and the porters all Israel in their villages 47 ¶ But * when the seuenth moneth was nere and when the children of Israel were euerie one at home thei were all gathered together with one accorde into the open place of the first gate which is towarde the East 48 Then Iesus the sonne of Iosedec his bre thren the Priests with Zoro babel the sonne of Salathiel and his brethren rising vp made ready the altar of the God of Israel 49 To offre burnt offrings vpon it according as it is writen in the boke of Moyses the man of God 50 ãâã also there were gathered against them of all nacions of the land but they dres sed the altar in his own place althogh all the nacions of the land were their enemies and vexed them and they offred sacrifices accor ding to the season and burnt offrings to the Lord morning and euening 51 They kept also the feast of tabernacles as it is * ordeined in the Law and offred sacrifi ces euerie day as was requisite 52 And afterwarde the continual oblations offrings of the Sabbaths and of the new mo neth and of all holy feasts 53 ¶ And all * they which had made any vowe to God began to offre sacrifice vnto God in the first day of the seuenth moneth althogh the Temple of God was not yet buylt 54 They gaue also money to the mansons to the workemen and meat and drinke with gladnes 55 And charrets to the Sidonians and to those
he answered me and said Stand vp vppon thy fete and heare a mightie sounding voyce 14 There shal come as an earth quake but the place where thou staÌdest shal not be moued 15 And therefore when he speaketh be not afrayed for of the end shal be the worde and of the fundacion of the earth shal it be vnder stand 16 Therefore while one speaketh of them it trembleth and is moued for it knoweth that it must be changed at the end 17 And when I had heard it I stode vp vpoÌ my fete and hearkened and beholde there was a voyce that spake and the sounde of it was like the sounde of many waters 18 And it said Beholde the dayes come that I wil come and in quire of them that dwel vpoÌ the earth 19 And when I beginne to inquire of theeÌ who by their vnrighteousnes haue hurt others and when the affliction of Sion shal be fulfilled 20 And the worlde that shal vanish away shal be sealed then wil I shewe these signes the bokes shal be opened before the heauen they shal se all it together 21 And the children of a yere olde shal speake with their voices the women with child shal bring forthe vntimelie childreÌ of thre or fou re moneths olde and they shal liue that are raised vp 22 Then suddenly shal the sowen places appea re as the vnsowne and the sul store houses shal suddenly be founde emptie 23 And the trumpet shal sounde and all they that heare it shal be suddenly afrayed 24 At that time shal friends fight with friends as with enemies and the earth shal feare with them the springs of the welles shal stand stil and in thre houres they shal not renne 25 Whosoeuer remaineth from all these things that I haue tolde thee shal be saued and se my saluacion the end of your worlde 26 And the men that are receiued shalse it thei that haue not tasted death from their birth and the heart of the inhabitants shal be chaÌged and turned to another meaning 27 For euil shal be put out and disceate shal be quenched 28 But faith shal flourish corruption shal be ouercome and the trueth which hathe bene so long without frute shal come forthe 29 ¶ And when he talked with me beholde I loked alitle vpoÌ him before whome I stode 30 And these wordes said he vnto me I am come to she we thee the time of the night to come 31 If thou wilt pray againe and fast seuen daies more I wil tel thee more things and greater then these which I haue heard in the day 32 For thy voyce is heard before the Highest surely the mightie hathe sene thy righteous dealing he hathe sene also thy chastitie whi che thou hast kept since thy youth 33 Therefore hathe he sent me to shewe thee all these things and to say vnto thee Be of good comfort and feare not 34 And haste not in the vaine consideration of the first times nor make haste to the latter times 35 And after this I wepte againe and fasted seuen dayes in like maner that I might fulfil the thre wekes which he had appointed me 36 And in the eight night was mine heart vexed within me againe and I began to speake before the moste High 37 For my spirit was greatly set on fyer my soule was in distresse 38 And I said ô Lord thou speakest expresly in the first creation euen the first day and coÌman dedst * that the heauen and the earth shulde be made and the worke followed thy worde 39 And theÌ was there the spirit and the darknes was on euerie side with silence there was no mans voyce as yet created of thee 40 Then commandedst thou a bright light to come forthe out of thy treasures that it might giue light to thy worke 41 VpoÌ the second day thou createdst the hea uenlie ayre and commandedst it that going betwene it shulde make a diuision betwene the waters that the one parte might remaine aboue and the other beneth 42 Vpon the third day thou coÌmandedst that the waters shulde be gathered together in the seuenth parte of the earth six partes didest thou drye and kept them to the intent that of these there shuld be that shulde serue thee being sowen of God and tilled 43 Assone as thy worde went forthe the wor ke was in continently made 44 For immediatly great and innumerable fau te did spring vp and manie diuerse pleasures for the taste and floures of vnchangeable co lour and odours of a moste wondersul smel and these things were created the third day 45 * Vpon the fourth daythou createdst the light of the sunne and of the moone and the order of the startes 46 And gauest them a charge to do * seruice euen vnto man that was for to be made 47 And vpon the fift day thou saidest vnto the seuenth parte * where the waters were gathe red that it shulde bring forthe beasts as foules and fishes and it was so 48 For the domme waters and without life broght forthe liuing things at the commandemeÌt of God that the nations might praise thy wonderous workes 49 TheÌ didest thou prepare two liuing things the one thou calledst Behemoth the other thou calledst Leuiathan 50 And didest separate the one from the other for the seuenth parte where the water was gathered colde not holde them 51 Vnto Behemoth thou gauest one parte whi che was dryed vp the third day that he shuld dwell in the same parte wherein are a thousand hilles 52 But vnto Leuiathan thou gauest the seuenth parte that is wett and hast prepared him to deuoure what thou wilt and when thou wilt 53 Vpon the sixt day thou gauest commandemeÌt vnto the earth that before thee it shulde bring forthe beasts catel and creping things 54 And besides this Adam whome thou madest lord ouer all the workes which thou hast created of him come we all and the people also whome thou hast chosen 55 All this haue I spoken before thee ô Lord because thou hast created the world for our sakes 56 As for the other people which also come of Adam thou hast declared them that they are nothing before thee but be like vnto spitle and hast compared their riches vnto a drop that falleth from a vessel 57 And now ô Lord beholde these heathen which haue bene reputed as nothing haue begonne to be lords ouer vs and to deuoure vs. 58 And we thy people whome thou hast called the first borne the onely begotten and thy feruent louer are giuen into their hands 59 If the worlde then be created for our sakes why haue we not the inheritance thereof in possession or how long shal we suffer these things CHAP. VII 5 Without tribulation none can come to felicitie 1 God ad uertiseth all in time 28 The coming and death of Christ 32 The resurrection and last iudgemeÌt 43 After the whiche all corruption shal cease 48 All fell in
tymes brighter then the sunne beholdyng all the waies of men and the ground of the deepe and considereth the moste secret partes 20 He knewe all thyngs or euer they were made and after they be broght to passe also he loketh vpon them all 21 * The same man shal be punished in the strea tes of the citie and shal be chased lyke a yong horsefoale and when he thinketh not vpon it he shal be taken thus shal he be put to shame of euerie man because he wolde not vnderstand the feare of the Lord. 22 And thus shal it go also with euerie wife that leaueth her housband and getteth in he ritance by another 23 * For first she hathe disobeid the Law of the moste High and secondly she hathe trespaced against her owne housband and thirdly she hathe plaide the whore in adulterie and gotten her children by another man 24 She shal be broght out into the congregacion and examinacion shal be made of her children 25 Her children shal not take roote and her branches shal bring forthe no frute 26 A shameful reporte shal she leaue and her reproche shal not be put out 27 And they that remaine shal knowe that the re is nothing better then the feare of the Lord and that there is nothing sweter then to take hede vnto the commandements of the Lord. 28 It is great glorie to followe the Lord and to be receiued of him is long life CHAP. XXIIII 1 A praise of wisdome proceding forthe of the mouth of God 6 Of her workes and place where she resteth 20 She is giuen to the children of God 1 WIsdome shal praise herself and be honored in God and reioyce in the mid des of her people 2 In the congregacion of the moste High shal she open her mouth and triumph before his power 3 In the middes of her people shal she be exalted and wondred at in the holy assemblie 4 In the multitude of the chosen she shal be coÌ mended and among suche as be blessed she shal be praised and shal say 5 I am come out of the mouth of the moste High first borne before all creatures 6 I caused the light that faileth not to arise in the heauen and couered the earth as a cloude 7 My dwelling is aboue in the height and my throne is in the piller of the cloude 8 I alone haue gone rounde about the compasse of heaueÌ and haue walked in the bottom of the depth 9 I possessed the waues of the sea and all the earth and all people and nacion and with my power haue I troden downe the hearts of all bothe High and low 10 In all these things I soght rest a dwelling in some inheritance 11 So the creator of all things gaue me a coÌmaÌ dement and he that made me appointed me a tabernacle and said Let thy dwelling be in Iacob and take thine inheritance in Israél and roote thy selfe among my chosen 12 * He created me from the beginning and be fore the world and I shal neuer faile * In the holie habitacion haue I serued before him so was I stablished in Sion 13 * In the welbeloued citie gaue he me rest in Ierusalem was my power 14 I toke roote in an honorable people euen in the porcion of the Lords inheritance 15 I am set vp on hielyke aceder in Libanus and as a cipers tre vpon the mountainès of Hermon 16 I am exalted like a palme tre about the baÌ kes and as a rose plante in Iericho as a faire oliue tre in a pleasant field and am exalted as a plane tre by the water 17 I smelled as the cinnamom and as a bagge of spices I gaue a swete odour as the best myrrhe as galbanum and onix and swete sto rax and perfume of incense in an house 18 As the terebinth haue I stretched out my branches and my branches are the braÌches of honour and grace 19 * As the vine haue I broght forthe frute of swete sauour and my floures are the frute of honour and riches 20 I am the mother of beautifull loue and of feare and of knowledge and of holy hope I giue eternall thyngs to all my chyldren to whome God hathe commanded 21 In me is al grace of life and trueth in me is all hope of life and vertue 22 Come vnto me al ye that be desirous of me and fill your selues with my frutes 23 * For the remembrance of me is sweter theÌ honie and mine enheritance sweter then the honie combe the remembrance of me endureth for euer more 24 They that eat me shal haue the more hunger and they that drinke me shal thirst the more 25 Who so hearkeneth vnto me shal not come to confusion they that worke by me shal not offende they that make me to be know en shal haue euerlasting life 26 All these things are the boke of life and the couenant of the moste high God the knowledge of the trueth * the Law that Moyses in the precepts of righteousnes commanded for an heritage vnto the house of Iacob and the promises perteining vnto Israel 27 Be not weary to behaue your selues valiant ly with the Lord that he may also confirme you cleaue vnto him for the Lord almightie is but one God besides him there is none other Sauiour 28 Out of Dauid his seruant he ordeined to raise vp a moste mightie King that shulde sit in the throne of honour for euer more 29 He filleth all things with his wisdome as * Physon as Tygris in the time of the newe frutes 30 He maketh the vnderstanding to abounde like* Euphrates as Iorden in the time of the haruest 31 He maketh the doctrine of knowledge to appeare as the light ouerfloweth as Geon in the time of the vintage 32 The first man hathe not knowen her ãâã ly no more shal the last seke her out 33 For her consideratious are more abundant then the sea and her counselis profounder then the great depe 34 I wisdome haue cast out floods I am as an arme of the riuer I runne into Paradise as a watercondite 35 I said I wil watter my faire garden and wil water my pleasant grounde and lo my ditche became a slood and my flood became a sea 36 For I make doctrine to shine as the light of the morning and I lighten it for euer 37 I wil pearce thorow all the lower partes of the earth I wil loke vpon all suche as be aslepe and lighten all them that trust in the Lord. 38 I wil yet powre out doctrine as prophecie and leane it vnto all ages for euer 39 * Beholde that I haue not labored formy self onely but for all them that seke wisdome CHAP. XXV 1 Ofthre things which please God and of thre which he hateth 7 Of nine things that be not to be suspect 15 Of the malice of a
there are hid yet greater things then these be we haue sene but a fewe of hys workes 33 For the Lord hathe made all things and giuen wisdome to suche as feare God CHAP. XLIIII The praise of certein holie men Enoch Noe Abraham Isaac and Iacob 1 LEt vs now commende the famous men and our fathers of whome we are begotten 2 The Lord hathe gotten great glorie by them and that through his great power from the beginning 3 Thei haue borne rule in their kingdomes and were renoumed for their power and were wise in counsel and declared prophecies 4 * They gouerned the people by counsel by the knowledge of learning mete for the people in whose doctrine were wise seÌ tences 5 They inuented the melodie of musicke expounded the verses that were writen 6 They were riche and mightie in power liued quietly at home 7 All these were honorable men in their generacions and were wel reported of their times 8 There are of them that haue left a name behinde them so that their praise shal be spoken of 9 There are some also which haue no memo rial * and are perished as thogh they had neuer bene and are become as thogh they had neuer bene borne and their children after them 10 But the former were merciful men whose righteousnes hathe not bene forgotten 11 For whose posteritie a good inheritance is reserued and their sede is conteined in the couenant 12 Their stocke is conteined in the couenant and their posteritie after them 13 Their sede shal remaine for euer their praise shal neuer be taken away 14 Their bodies are buryed in peace but their name liueth for euer more 15 * The people speake of their wisdome the congregacion talke of their praise 16 * Enoch pleased the Lord God therefore was he translated for an example of repentance to the generacions 17 * ãâã was founde perfite and in the time of wrath he had a rewarde therefore was he left as a remnant vnto the earth when the flood came 18 An euerlasting couenant was made with him that all flesh shulde * perish no more by the flood 19 AbrahaÌ was a * great father of maniepeo ple in glorie was there none like vnto him 20 He kepeth the Law of the moste High was in couenant with him and he set couenant * in his flesh and in tentation he was founde faithful 21 Therefore he assured him an * othe that he wolde blesse the nacions in his sede and that he wolde multiplie him as the dust of the earth exalte his sede as the starres cause them to inheritaÌce from sea to sea froÌ the Riuer vnto the end of the worlde 22 * With Isaac did he coÌfirme likewise for Abraham his fathers sake the blessing of all men and the couenant 23 And caused it to rest vpon the head of Iacob and made him selfe knowen by * hys blessings and gaue him an heritage and deuided his porcions * and parted them among the twelue tribes 24 And he broght out of him a mercifull man whiche founde fauour in the sight of all flesh CHAP. XLV The praise of Moyses Aaron and Phinees 1 ANd Moyses the * beloued of God men broght forthe whose remembrance is blessed 2 He made him like to the glorious Saints and magnified him by the feare of his enemies 3 By his wordes he caused the wonders to cease and he made him * glorious in the sight of Kings and gaue him commandements for his people and shewed him hys glorie 4 * He sanctified him with faithfulnes and mekenes and chose him out of all men 5 He caused him to heare his voyce and broght him into the darke cloude * and there he gaue him the commaundements before his face euen the Lawe of life and knowledge that he might teache Iacob the couenant and Israel his iudgements 6 He exalted Aaron an holie man like vnto him eueÌ his * brother of the tribe of Leui. 7 An euerlasting couenant made he with him and gaue him the Priesthode amoÌg the people and made him blessed through his comelie ornament clothed him with the garment of honour 8 He put perfite ioye vpon him and gyrded him with ornaments of strength as with breches and a tunicle and an ephod 9 He compassed hym aboute with belles of golde and with manie belles round about * that when he went in the sound might be heard and might make a ãâã in the Sanctuarie for a remembrance to the children of Israel his people 10 And with an holie garment with golde also and blewe silke and purple diuers kindes of workes and with a brestlappe of iudgemeÌt with the signes of trueth 11 And with worke of skarlet conningly wroght and with precious stones grauen like seales and set in golde by gold smithes worke for a memorial with a writing grauen after the noÌber of the tribes of Israel 12 And with a crowne of golde vpon the mitre hearing the forme and marke of holines an ornameÌt of honour a noble worke garnished and pleasant to loke vpon 13 Before him were there no suche faire ornaments there might no stranger put theÌ on but onely his children and his childreÌs children perpetually 14 Their sacrifices were wholy consumed eue rie day twise continually 15 * Moses filled his hands and anointed him with holie oyle this was appointed vnto him by an euerlasting couenant and to his sede so long as the heauens shulde remaine that he shulde minister before him and also to execute the office of the priesthode and blesse his people in his name 16 Before all men liuing the Lord chose him that he shulde present offrings before him and a swete sauour for a remembrance to make reconciliation for his people 17 * He gaue him also his commandements autoritie according to the Lawes appointed that he shulde teache Iacob the testimonies and giue light vnto Israél by his Law 18 * Strangers stode vp against him and enuied him in the wildernes euen the men ãâã toke ãâã and Abirams parte and the companie of Core in furie and rage 19 This the Lord sake and it displeased him and in his wrathful indignacioÌ were they consumed he did wonders vpon them and consumed them with the syrie flame 20 * But he made Aaron more honorable and gaue him an heritage and parted the first frutes of the first ãâã vnto him vnto him specially he appointed bread in abundance 21 For the Priests did eat of sacrifices of the Lord which he gaue vnto him and to his sede 22 * Els had he none heritage in the land of his people nether had he any porcion among the people for the Lord is the porcion of his inheritance 23 The third in glorie is * Phinees the sonne of Eleazar because
euerie man that euil doeth hateth the light nether commeth to light lest his dedes shulde be reproued 21 But he that doeth trueth commeth to the light that his dedes might be made manifest that they are wroght according to God 22 ¶ After these things came Iesus and his disciples into the land of Iudea there taried with them and * baptized 23 And Iohn also baptized in Enon besides Salim because there was much water there and they came and were baptized 24 For Iohn was not yet cast into prison 25 TheÌ there arose a question betwene Iohns disciples and the Iewes about purifying 26 And they came vnto Iohn said vnto him Rabbi he that was with thee beyonde Iordan to whome * thou barest witnes behold he baptized and all men come to him 27 Iohn answered and said A man can receiue nothing except it be giueÌ him from heauen 28 Ye your selues are my witnesses that * I said I am not the Christ but that I am sent before him 29 He that hathe the bride is the bridegrome but the friend of the bridegrome which staÌdeth and heareth him reioyceth greatly because of the bridegromes voice This my ioye therefore is fulfilled 30 He must increase but I must decrease 31 He that is come from on high is aboue all he that is of the earth is of the earth and speaketh of the earth he that is come from heauen is aboue all 32 And what he hathe sene and heard that he testifieth but no man receiueth his testimonie 33 He that hathe receiued his testimonie hath sealed that* God is true 34 For he whome God hathe sent speaketh the wordes of God for God giueth him not the Spirit by measure 35 The Father loueth the Sonne and hathe * giuen all things into his hand 36 * He that beleueth in the Sonne hathe euer lasting life and he that obeieth not the SoÌne shal not se life but the wrath of God abideth on him CHAP. IIII. 1 The communication of Christ with the woman of ãâã 34 His zeale towarde his Father and his haruest 39 The conuersion of the Samaritans 45 And ãâã 47 How he healeth the rulers soune 1 NOw wheÌ the Lord knewe how the Pharises had heard that Iesus made and baptized modisciples then Iohn 2 Thogh Iesus him self baptized not but his disciples 3 He left Iudea and departed againe into Galile 4 And he must nedes go through Samaria 5 Then came he to a citie of Samaria called Sychar nere vnto the possession that* Iacob gaue to his sonne Ioseph 6 And there was Iacobs well Iesus then wearied in the iorney sate thus on the well it was about the sixt houre 7 There came a woman of Samaria to drawe water Iesus said vnto her Giue me drinke 8 For his disciples were gone away into the citie to bye meat 9 Then said the woman of Samaria vnto him How is it that thou being a Iewe ask est drinke of me which am a woman of ãâã For the Iewes medle not with the Samaritans 10 Iesus answerest and said vnto her If thou knewest the gift of God and who it is that saith to thee Giue me drinke thou woldest haue ask est of him and he wolde haue giueÌ thee water of life 11 The woman said vnto him Syr thou hast nothing to drawe with and the well is depe froÌ whence theÌ hast thou that water of life 12 Art thou greater then our Father Iacob which gaue vs the well and he him self dranke thereof and his children and his cattel 13 Iesus answered said vnto her Whosoeuer drinketh of this water shal thirst againe 14 But whosoeuer drinketh of the water that I shal giue him shal neuer be more a thirst but the water that I shal giue him shal be in him a well of water springing vp into euerlasting life 15 The woman said vnto him Syr giue me of that water that I may no thirst nether come hither to drawe 16 Iesus said vnto her Go call thine housband and come hither 17 The woman answered and said I haue no housband Iesus said to her Thou hast wel said I haue no housband 18 For thou hast had fiue housbands and he whome thou now hast is not thine housbaÌd that saidest thou truely 19 The woman said vnto him Syr I se that thou art a Prophet 20 Our fathers worshiped in this mountaine ye say that in* Ierusalem is the place where men oght to worship 21 Iesus said vnto her Woman beleue me the houre cometh when ye shal nether in this mountaine nor at Ierusalem worship the Father 22 Ye worship that which ye* knowe not we worship that which we knowe for saluation is of the Iewes 23 But the houre cometh and now is when the true worshippers shal worshippe the Father in spirit and trueth for the Father requireth euen suche to worship him 24 * God is a Spirit aÌd they that worship him must worship him in spirit and trueth 25 The woman said vnto him I know wel that Messias shal come which is called Christ when he is come he wil tell vs all things 26 Iesus said vnto her I am he that speak vnto thee 27 ¶ And vpoÌ that came his disciples and marueiled that he talketh with a woman yet no maÌ said vnto him What ask est thou or why talkest thou with her 28 The woman then left her waterpot and weÌt her way into the Citie and said to the men 29 Come se a man whiche hathe tolde me all things that euer I did is not he the Christ 30 Then they went out of the Citie and came vnto him 31 ¶ In the meane while the disciples prayed him saying Master eat 32 But he said vnto them I haue meat to eat that ye knowe not of 33 Then said the disciples betwene them selues Hathe anie man broght him meat 34 Iesus said vnto them My meat is that I may do the wil of him that sent me and finish his worke 35 Say not ye There are yet foure moneths aÌd then cometh haruest Beholde I say vnto you Lift vp your eyes loke on the regions * for they are white already vnto haruest 36 And he that reapeth receiueth wages and gathereth frute vnto life eternal that bothe he that soweth and he that reapeth might reioyce together 37 For herein is the saying ãâã that one soweth and another reapeth 38 I sent you to reape that whereon ye bestowed no labour other men laboured and ye are entred into their labours 39 Now manie of the Samaritans of that citie beleued in him for the saying of the woman which testified He hathe tolde me all things that euer I did 40 Then when the Samaritans were come vnto him they besoght him that he wolde tarie with them and he abode
beleued in him If ye continue in my worde ye are ve rely my disciples 32 And shal knowe the trueth and the trueth shal make you fre 33 They answered him We be Abrahams sede and were neuer bonde to any man why saist thou then Ye shal be made fre 34 Iesus answered them Verely verely I say vnto you that whosoeuer committeth sinne is the * seruant of sinne 35 And the seruant abideth not in the house for euer but the Sonne abideth foreuer 36 If the Sonne therefore shal make you fre ye shal be fre in dede 37 I knowe that ye are Abrahams sede but ye seke to kill me because my worde hathe no place in you 38 I speake that whiche I haue sene with my Father and ye do that which ye haue sene with your Father 39 They answered and said vnto him AbrahaÌ is our Father Iesus said vnto them If ye were Abrahams children ye wolde do the workes of Abraham 40 But now ye go about to kill me a man that haue tolde you the trueth whiche I haue heard of God this did not Abraham 41 Ye do the workes of your Father Then said they to him We are not borne of fornicatioÌ we haue one Father which is God 42 Therefore Iesus said vnto theÌ If God were your father then wolde ye loue me for I pro ceded forthe aÌd came froÌ God nether came I of my self but he sent me 43 Why do ye not vnderstand my talke because ye can not heare my worde 44 * Ye are of your Father the deuil and the lustes of your Father ye wil do he hathe bene a murtherer from the beginning abode not in the trueth because there is no trueth in him WheÌ he speaketh a lie then speaketh he of his owne for he is a liar the Father thereof 45 And because I tell you the trueth ye beleue me not 46 Which of you can rebuke me of sinne if I say the trueth why do ye not beleue me 47 * He that is of God heareth Gods wordes ye therefore heare them not because ye are not of God 48 Then answered the Iewes and said vnto him Say we not wel that thou art a SamaritaÌ and hast a deuil 49 Iesus answered I haue not a deuil but I ho nour my Father and ye haue dishonored me 50 And I seke not mine owne praise but there is one that seketh it and iudgeth 51 Verely verely I say vnto you If a man kepe my worde he shal neuer se death 52 Then said the Iewes to him Now knowe we that thou hast a deuil Abraham is dead and the Prophetes and thou saist If a man kepe my worde he shal neuer tast of death 53 Art thou greater then our Father Abraham which is dead and the Prophetes are dead whome makest thou thy self 54 Iesus answered If I honour my self mine ho nour is nothing worthe it is my Father that honoureth me whom ye say that he is your God 55 Yet ye haue not knowen him but I knowe him and if I shulde say I knowe him not I shulde be a liar like vnto you but I knowe him and kepe his worde 56 Your Father Abraham reioyced to se my day and he sawe it and was glad 57 Then said the Iewes vnto him Thou art not yet fiftie yere olde and hast thou sene Abraham 58 Iesus said vnto them Verely verely I say vnto you before Abraham was I am 59 * Then toke they vp stones to cast at him but Iesus hid him self and went out of the Temple CHAP. IX 1 Of him that was borne blinde 11 The confession of him that was borne blinde 39 To what blinde men Christ giueth sight 1 ANd as Iesus passed by he sawe a man which was blinde from his birth 2 And his disciples asked him saying Master who did sinne this man or his parents that he was borne blinde 3 Iesus answered Nether hathe this man sin ned nor his parents but that the workes of God shulde be shewed on him 4 I must worke the workes of him that sent me while it is day the night cometh when no man can worke 5 As long as I am in the world * I am the light of the worlde 6 Assone as he had thus spoken he spate on the grounde and made claye of the spettle and anointed the eyes of the blinde with the clay 7 And said vnto him Go wash in the poole of Siloam which is by interpretation Sent. He went his way therefore and washed and came againe seing 8 Now the neighbours and they that had sene him before when he was blinde said Is not this he that sate and begged 9 Some said This is he and others said He is like him but he him self said I am he 10 Therefore they said vnto him How were thine eyes opened 11 He answered and said The man that is called Iesus made claye and anointed mine eyes and said vnto me Go to the poole of Siloam and wash So I went and washed and receiued sight 12 Then they said vnto him Where is he He said I can not tell 13 ¶ They broght to the Pharises him that was once blinde 14 And it was the Sabbath day when Iesus made the claye and opened his eyes 15 Then againe the Pharises also asked him how he had receiued sight And he said vnto them He laid claye vpon mine eyes and I washed and do se. 16 Then said some of the Pharises This man is not of God because he kepeth not the Sabbath day Others said How can a man that is a sinner do suche miracles and there was a dissension among them 17 Then spake they vnto the blinde againe What saist thou of him because he hath ope ned thine eyes And he said He is a Prophet 18 Then the Iewes did not beleue him that he had bene blinde and receiued his sight vntil they had called the pareÌts of him that had re ceiued sight 19 And they asked them saying Is this your sonne whome ye say was borne blinde How doeth he now se then 20 His parents answered them and said We know that this is our sonne and that he was borne blinde 21 But by what meanes he now seeth we know not or who hathe opened his eyes can we not tell he is olde ynough aske him he shal answer for himself 22 These wordes spake his parents because they feared the Iewes for the Iewes had ordeined alreadie that if any man did confesse that he was the Christ he shulde be excommunicate out of the Synagogue 23 Therefore said his pareÌts He is olde ynough aske him 24 Then againe called they the man that had bene blinde and said vnto him Giue glorie vnto God we knowe that this man is a sinner 25 Then he answered and said Whither he be a sinner or no I can not tell one thing I knowe
Father for asmuche as he loued his owne whiche were in the worlde vnto the end he loued them 2 And when supper was done and that the deuil had now put in the heart of Iudas Isca riot Simons sonne to betraye him 3 Iesus knowing that the Father had giuen all things into his hands and that he was come from God and went to God 4 He riseth frome supper and lyeth aside hys vpper garments aÌd toke a towel and girde him self 5 After that he powred water into a basin and began to wash the disciples fete and to wipe them with the towell wherewith he was girde 6 Then came he to Simon Peter who said to him Lord doest thou wash my fete 7 Iesus answered and sayd vnto hym What I do thou knowest not nowe but thou shalt knowe it hereafter 8 Peter said vnto him Thou shalt neuer washe my fete Iesus answered hym If I wash thee not thou shalt haue no parte with me 9 Simon Peter said vnto him Lord not my fete onely but also the hands and the head 10 Iesus sayd to hym He that is washed nedeth not saue to washe hys fete but is cleane euerie whit and ye are * cleane but not all 11 For he knewe who shuld betraye him therfore said he Ye are not all cleane 12 ¶ So after he had washed their fete and had taken hys garmentes and was set downe againe he sayd vnto them Knowe ye what I haue done to you 13 Ye call me Master and Lord and ye say wel for so am I. 14 If I then your Lorde and Master haue washed your fete ye also ought to washe one anothers fete 15 For I haue gyuen you an example that ye shulde do euen as I haue done to you 16 Verely verely I say vnto you * The seruant is not greater then his master nether the ambassad our greater then he that sent him 17 If ye knowe these things blessed are ye if ye do them 18 ¶ I speake not of you all I knowe whome I haue chosen but it is that the Scripture might be fulfilled * He that eateth breadwith me hathe lift vp his hele against me 19 Frome hence forthe tell I you before it come that when it is come to passe ye might beleue that I am he 20 * Verely verely I saye vnto you If I send anye he that receyueth hym receyueth me and he that receiueth me receiueth him that sent me 21 When Iesus had sayd these ãâã he was troubled in the Spirite and testified and sayd Verely verely I saye vnto you that one of you shal betraye me 22 * Then the disciples loked one on another douting of whome he spake 23 Nowe there was one of hys disciples whiche leaned on Iesus bosòme whome Iesus loued 24 To hym beckened therefore Symon Peter that he shuld aske who it was of whome he spake 25 He then as ãâã on Iesus brest sayd vnto him Lord who is it 26 Iesus aunswered He it is to whome I shall gyue a soppe when I haue dipte it and he wet a soppe and gaue it to Iudas Iscariot Simons sonne 27 And after the soppe Satan entred into him Then said Iesus vnto him That thou doest do quickely 28 But none of them that were at table knewe for what cause he spake it vnto him 29 For some of them thoght because Iudas had the bagge that Iesus had said vnto him Bie those things that we haue nede of against the feast or that he shulde giue some thing to the poore 30 Assone then as he had receiued the soppe he went immediatly out and it was night 31 ¶ When he was gone out Iesus said Now is ãâã Sonne of man glorified and God is glo rified in him 32 If God be glorified in him God shal also glo rifie him in him self and shal straight way glo rifie him 33 Litle children yet a litle while am I with you ye shal seke me but as I said vnto the * ãâã Whither I go can ye not come also to you say I now 34 * A new commandement giue I vnto you that ye loue one another as I haue loued you that ye also loue one another 35 By this shal all men knowe that ye are my disciples if ye haue loue one to another 36 ãâã Peter said vnto him Lord whither goest thou Iesus answered him Whither I go thou canst not folowe me now but thou shalt followe me afterwardes 37 Peter said vnto him Lord why can I not fol lowe thee now * I wil lay downe my life for thy sake 38 Iesus answered him Wilt thou lay downe thy life for my sake Verely verely I say vnto thee The ãâã shal not crowe til thou haue denyed me thrise CHAP. XIIII 1 He armeth his disciples with consolation against trouble 2 He ascendeth into heaueÌ to ãâã vs a place 6 The way the trueth and the life 10 The Father and Christ one 13 How we shulde pray 23 The promes vnto theÌ that kepe his worde 1 ANd he said to his disciples Let not your heÌart be troubled ye beleue in God be leue also in me 2 In my Fathers house are many dwelling places if it were not so I wolde haue tolde you I go to prepare a place for you 3 And thogh I go to prepare a place for you I wil come againe and receiue you vnto my self that where I am there may ye be also 4 And whither I go ye knowe and the way ye knowe 5 Thomas said vnto him Lord we knowe not whither thou goest how can we then knowe the way 6 Iesus said vnto him I am the Way and the Trueth and the Life No man commeth vnto the Father but by me 7 If ye had knoweÌ me ye shulde haue knoweÌ my Father also and from hence for the ye knowe him and haue sene him 8 Philippe said vnto him Lord shewe thy Father and it suffiseth vs. 9 Iesus said vnto him I haue bene so long time with you and hast thou not knowen me Phi lippe he that hathe sene me hathe sene my Father how then saist thou Shewe vs thy Father 10 Beleuest thou not that I am in the Father the Father is in me The wordes that I spea ke vnto you I speake not of my self but the Father that dwelleth in me he doeth the workes 11 Beleue me that I am in the Father and the Father in me at the least beleue me for the very workes sake 12 Verely verely I say vnto you he that beleleueth in me the workes that I do he shal do also and greater then these shal he do for I go vnto my Father 13 * And whatsoeuer ye aske in my Name that wil I do that the Father may be glorified in the Sonne 14 If ye shal aske any thing in my Name
vnto you from the beginning because I was with you 5 But now I go my way to him that sent me and none of you asketh me Whither goest thou 6 But because I haue said these things vnto you your hearts are ful of sorowe 7 Yet I tel you the trueth It is expedient for you that I go away for if I go not away the Comforter wil not come vnto you but if I departe ãâã wil send him vnto you 8 And when he is come he wil reproue the worlde of sinne and of righteousnes and of iudgement 9 Of sinne because they beleue not in me 10 Of righteousnes because I go to my Father and ye shal se me no more 11 Of iudgement because the prince of this worlde is iudged 12 I haue yet manie things to say vnto you but ye can not beare them now 13 How beit when he is come which is the Spi rit of trueth he wil lead you into all trueth for he shal not speake of him self but whatsoeuer he shal heare shal he speake and he wil shewe you the things to come 14 He shal glorifie me for he shal receiue of mine and shal shewe it vnto you 15 All things that the Father hathe are mine therefore said I that he shal take of mine shewe it vnto you 16 A litle while and ye shal not se me and againe a litle while and ye shal se me for I go to my Father 17 Then said some of his disciples among theÌ selues What is this that he saith vnto vs A litle while and ye shal not se me and againe a litle while and ye shal se me and For I go to my Father 18 They said therefore What is this that he saith A litle while we knowe not what he saith 19 Now Iesus knewe that they wolde aske him and said vnto them Do ye enquire among your selues of that I said A litle while and ye shall not se me and againe a litle while and ye shal se me 20 Verely verely I say vnto you that ye shal wepe and lament and the worlde shal reioyce and ye shal sorowe but your sorowe shal be tourned to ioye 21 A woman when she trauaileth hathe sorowe because her houre is come but assone as she is deliuered of the childe she remeÌbreth no more the anguishe for ioye that a man is borne into the worlde 22 And ye now therefore are in sorowe but I wil se you againe and your hearts shal reioyce and your ioye shal no man take from you 23 And in that day shal ye aske me nothing * Verely verely I say vnto you whatsoeuer ye shal aske the Father in my Name he wil giue it you 24 Hitherto haue ye asked nothing in my Na me aske and ye shal receiue that your ioye may be ful 25 These things haue I spoken vnto you in parables but the time wil come when I shal no more speake to you in parables but I shal shewe you plainely of the Father 26 At that day shal ye aske in my Name and I say not vnto you that I wil pray vnto the Father for you 27 For the Father him self loueth you because ye haue loued me * and haue beleued that I came out from God 28 I am come out from the Father and came into the worlde againe I leaue the worlde and go to the Father 29 His disciples said vnto him Lo now speakest thou plainely and thou speak est no parable 30 Now knowe we that thou knowest all things and nedest not that any man shulde aske thee By this we beleue that thou art come out from God 31 Iesus answered them Do you beleue now 32 * Beholde the houre cometh and is alreadie come that ye shal be scattred euerie man into his owne and shal leaue me alone but I am not alone for the Father is with me 33 These things haue I spoken vnto you that in me ye might haue peace in the worlde ye shal haue affliction but be of good comfort I haue ouercome the worlde CHAP. XVII 1 The prayer of Christ vnto his Father bothe for himself and his Apostles and also for all suche as receiue the trueth 1 THese things spake Iesus and lift vp his eyes to heauen and said Father the houre is come glorifie thy Sonne that thy Sonne also may glorifie thee 2 * As thou hast giuen him power ouer all flesh that he shulde giue eternal life to all them that thou hast giuen him 3 And this is lif eternal that they knowe thee tobe the onely verie God and whome thou hast sent Iesus Christ. 4 I haue glorified thee on the earth I haue finished the worke which thou gauest me to do 5 And now glorifie ãâã thou Father with thine owne self with theglorie which I had with thee before the worlde was 6 I haue declared thy Name vnto the men which thou gauest me out of the worlde thine they were and thou gauest them me they haue kept thy worde 7 Now they knowe that all things what soeuer thou hast giuen me are of thee 8 For I haue giuen vnto them the wordes which thou gauest me and they haue receiued them * and haue knowen surely that I came out from thee and haue beleued that thou hast sent me 9 I pray for them I pray not for the worlde but for them which thou hast giuen me for they are thine 10 And all mine are thine and thine are mine and I am glorified in them 11 And now am I no more in the worlde but these are in the worlde and I come to thee Holie Father kepe them in thy Name euen them whome thou hast giuen me that they may be one as we are 12 While I was with them in the worlde I kept them in thy Name those that thou gauest me haue I kept and none of them is lost but the childe of perdition that the * Scripture might be fulfilled 13 And now come I to thee and these things speake I in the worlde that they might haue my ioye fulfilled in them selues 14 I haue giuen them thy worde and the world hathe hated them because they are not of the worlde as I am not of the worlde 15 I pray not that thou shuldest take them out of the worlde but that thou kepe them from euil 16 They are not of the worlde as I am not of the worlde 17 Sanctifie them with thy trueth thy word is trueth 18 As thou diddest send me into the worlde so haue I sent them into the worlde 19 And for their sakes sanctifie I my self that they also may be sanctified through the trueth 20 I pray not for these alone but for them also which shal beleue in me through their worde 21 That they all may
through out all Ioppa and manie beleued in the Lord. 43 And it came to passe that he taryed manie dayes in Ioppa with one Simon a tanner CHAP. X. 3 Cornelius admonished by the Angel 7 He sendeth to Ioppa 11 The vision that Peter sawe 17 How he was sent to Cornelius 19 The Gentiles also receiue the Spirit and are baptized 1 FVrthermore there was a certeine man in Cesarea called Cornelius a captaine of the bande called the Italian bande 2 A deuout man and one that feared God with all his housholde which gaue muche almes to the people and prayed God continually 3 He sawe in a vision euidently about the ninthe houre of the day an Angel of God comming in to him and saying vnto him Cornelius 4 But when he loked on him he was afraid said What is it Lord And he said vnto him Thy prayers and thine almes are come vp into remembrance before God 5 Now therefore send men to Ioppa call for Simon whose surname is Peter 6 He lodgeth with one Simon a taÌner whose house is by the sea side he shal tell thee what thou oughtest to do 7 And when the Angel which spake vnto Cor nelius was departed he called two of his seruants and a souldier that feared God one of them that waited on him 8 And tolde them all things and sent them to Ioppa 9 On the morowe as they went on their iorney and drewe nere vnto the citie Peter weÌt vp vpon the house to pray about the sixt houre 10 Then waxed he an hungred and wolde haue eaten but while they made some thing readie he fel into a trance 11 And he sawe heauen opened and a certeine vessel come downe vnto him as it had bene a great shete knit at the foure corners and was let downe to the earth 12 Wherein were all maner of foure foted beastes of the earth and wilde beastes and creping things and foules of the heauen 13 And there came a voyce to him Arise Peter kill and eat 14 But Peter said Not so Lord for I haue neuer eaten anything that is polluted or vncleane 15 And the voyce spake vnto him againe the seconde time The things that God hathe purified pollute thou not 16 This was so done thrise and the vessel was drawen vp againe into heauen 17 ¶ Now while Peter douted in him self what this visioÌ which he had sene meant beholde the men which were sent from Cornelius had inquired for Simons house and stode at the gate 18 And called asked whether SimoÌ which was surnamed Peter were lodged there 19 And while Peter thoght on the vision the Spirit said vnto him Beholde thre men seke thee 20 Arise therefore and get thee downe go with them and doute nothing for I haue sent them 21 ¶ TheÌ Peter went downe to the men which were sent vnto him froÌ Cornelius and said Beholde I am he whome ye seke what is the cause wherefore ye are come 22 And they said Cornelius the captaine a iust man and one that feareth God and of good reporte among all the nacion of the Iewes was warned from heauen by an holie Angel to send for thee into his house and to heare thy wordes 23 Then called he them in lodged them and the next day Peter went forthe with them and certeine brethren from Ioppa accompa nied him 24 ¶ And the day after thei entred into Cesarea Now Cornelius waited for them had called together his kinsmen and special friends 25 And it came to passe as Peter came in that Cornelius met him and fel downe at his fete and worshipped him 26 But Peter toke him vp saying Stand vp for euen I my self am a man 27 And as he talked with him he came in and founde manie that were come together 28 And he said vnto them Ye knowe that it is an vnlawful thing for a man that is a lewe to compagnie or come vnto one of another na tion but God hathe shewed me that I shulde not call anie man polluted or vncleane 29 Therefore came I vnto you without saying naye when I was sent for I aske therefore for what intent haue ye sent for me 30 TheÌ Cornelius said Foure dayes ago about this houre I fasted and at the ninthe houre I praid in mine house and beholde a man stode before me in bright clothing 31 And said Cornelius thy prayer is heard and thine almes are had in remembrance in the sight of God 32 Send therefore to Ioppa and call for SimoÌ whose surname is Peter he is lodged in the house of Simon a tanner by the seaside who when he cometh shal speake vnto thee 33 Then sent I for thee immediatly and thou hast wel done to come Now therefore are we all here present before God to heare all things are commaunded thee of God 34 Then Peter opened his mouth and said Of a trueth I perceiue that * God is no accepter of persones 35 But in euerie nation he that feareth him worketh righteousnes is accepted with him 36 Ye knowe the worde which God hath sent to the childreÌ of Israel preaching peace by Iesus Christ which is Lord of all 37 Euen the worde which came through all Iudea* beginning in Galile after the baptisme which Iohn preached 38 To wit how God annointed Iesus of Na zaret with the holie Gost and with power who went about doing good and healing all that were oppressed of the deuil for God was with him 39 And we are witnesses of all things which he did bothe in the land of the Iewes and in Ierusalem whome they slewe hanging him on atre 40 Him God raised vp the third day caused that he was shewed openly 41 Not to all the people but vnto the witnesses chosen before of God euen to vs whiche did eat and drinke with him after he arose from the dead 42 And he commaunded vs to preache vnto the people to testifie that it is he that is or deined of God a iudge of quicke and dead 43 To him also giue all the * Prophetes witnes that through his Name all that beleue in him shal receiue remission of sinnes 44 While Peter yet spake these wordes the holie Gost fel on all them which heard the worde 45 So they of the circumcision which beleued were astonied as manie as came with Peter because that on the GeÌtiles also was powred out the gift of the holie Gost. 46 For they heard them speake with tongues and magnisie God Then answered Peter 47 Can ãâã man forbid water that these shuld not be baptized which haue receiued the holie Gost as wel as we 48 So he commaunded them to be baptized in the Name of the Lord Then prayed they him to tarie certeine dayes CHAP. XI 4 Peter sheweth the cause wherefore he went
this I praise you not 23 For I haue receiued of the Lord that which I also haue deliuered vnto you to wit That the Lord Iesus in the night that he was betrayed to ke bread 24 * And when he had giuen thaÌkes he brake it and said Take eat this is my bodie which is broken for you this do ye in remembraÌce of me 25 After the same maner also he toke the cup when he had supped saying This cup is the Newe testament in my blood this do as oft as ye drinke it in remembrance of me 26 For as often as ye shal eat this bread and drinke this cup ye shewe the Lords death til he come 27 Wherefore whosoeuer shal eat this bread and drinke the cup of the Lord vn worthely shal be giltie of the bodie blood of the Lord. 28 * Let a man therefore examine him self and so let him eat of this bread drinke of this cup. 29 For he that eateth and drinketh vnworthely eateth drinketh his owne damnatioÌ because he discerneth not the Lords bodie 30 For this cause many are weake and sicke among you and many slepe 31 For if we wolde iudge our selues we shulde not be iudged 32 But when we are iudged we are chastened of the Lord because we shulde not be condemned with the worlde 33 Wherefore my brethren when ye come together to eat tary one for another 34 And if any man be hungrie let him eat at home that ye come not together vnto condemnation Other things will I set in order when I come CHAP. XII The ãâã of the giftes of the holie Gost ought to be vsed to the edifying of Christs Church 12 As the mem bres of mans bodie serue to the vse one of another 1 NOw coÌcerning spiritual giftes brethreÌ I wolde not haue you ignorant 2 Ye knowe that ye were Gentiles and were caryed away vnto the domme idoles as ye were led 3 Wherefore I declare vnto you that no man* speaking by the Spirit of God calleth Iesus * execrable also no man can say that Iesus is the Lord but by the holie Gost. 4 Now there are diuersities of giftes but the same Spirit 5 And there are diuersities of administrations but the same Lord. 6 And there are diuersities of operations but God is the same which worketh all in all 7 But the manifestation of the Spirit is giuen to euerie man to profit with all 8 For to one is giuen by the Spirit the worde of wisdome and to another the worde of knowledge by the same Spirit 9 And to another is giuen faith by the same Spirit and to another the giftes of healing by the same Spirit 10 And to another the operations of great workes and to another prophecie and to another the discerning of spirits and to another diuersities of tongues and to another the interpretation of tongues 11 * And all these things worketh euen the self same Spirit distributing to euerie man seuerally as he wil. 12 For as the bodie is one and hathe many meÌ bres all the membres of the bodie which is one thogh they be many yet are but one bodie euen so is Christ. 13 For by one Spirit are we all baptized into one bodie whether we be Iewes or Grecians whether we be bonde or fre and haue bene all made to drinke into one Spirit 14 For the bodie also is not one member but many 15 If the fote wolde say Because I am not the hand I am not of the bodie is it therefore not of the bodie 16 And if the eare wolde say Because I am not the eye I am not of the bodie is it therefore not of the bodie 17 If the whole bodie were an eye where were the hearing If the whole were hearing where were the smelling 18 But now hathe God disposed the membres euerie one of them in the bodie at his owne pleasure 19 For if they were all one member where were the bodie 20 But now are there manie members yet but one bodie 21 And the eye can not say vnto the hand I haue no nede of thee nor the head againe to the fete I haue no nede of you 22 Yea muche rather those membres of the bodie which seme to be more feble are necessarie 23 And vpon those membres of the bodie which we thinke moste vnhonest put we more honestie on and our vncomelie partes haue more comelines on 24 For our comelie partes nede it not but God hathe tempered the ãâã together hathe giuen the more honour to that parte which lacked 25 Left there shulde be anie diuision in the bodie but that the members shulde haue the same care one for another 26 Therefore if one member suffer all suffer with it if one member be had in honour all the membres reioyce with it 27 Now ye are the bodie of Christ and membres for your parte 28 * And God hathe ordeined some in the Church as first Apostles secondly Prophe tes thirdly teachers then them that do mira cles after that the giftes of healing helpers gouernours diuersitie of tonges 29 Are all Apostles are all Prophetes are all teachers 30 Are all doers of miracles haue all the giftes of healing do all speake with tongues do all interprete 31 But desire you the best gifts and I wil yet shewe you a more excellent way CHAP. XIII Because loue is the fountaine rule of edifying the Church he setteth forthe the nature office and praise thereof 1 THogh I speake with the tongues of men and Angels and haue not loue I am as sounding brasse or a tinkling cymbal 2 And thogh I had the gift of prophecie and knewe all secretes and all knowledge yea if had all faith so that I colde remoue * mountaines and had not loue I were nothing 3 And thogh I fede the poore with all my goods and thogh I giue my bodie that I be burned and haue not loue it profiteth me nothing 4 Loue suffreth long it is bountiful loue enuieth not loue doeth not boast it self it is not puffed vp 5 It disdaineth not it seketh not her owne things it is not prouoked to anger it thinketh not euil 6 It reioyceth not in iniquitie but reioyceth in the trueth 7 It Suffreth all things it beleueth all things it hopeth all things it endureth all things 8 Loue doeth neuer fall away thogh that pro phecyings be abolished or the toÌgues cease or knowledge vanish away 9 For we knowe in parte and we prophecie in parte 10 But when that which is perfite is come then that which is in parte shal be abolished 11 When I was a childe I spake as a childe I vnderstode as a childe I thoght as a childe but when I became a maÌ I put
giue no occasion of offence in anie thing that our ministerie shulde not be re prehended 4 But in all things we approue our selues as * the ministers of God in muche patience in afflictions in necessities in distresses 5 In stripes in prisones in tumultes in labours 6 By watchinges by fastinges by puritie by knowledge by long suffering by kindnes by the holie Gost by loue vnfained 7 By the worde of trueth by the power of God by the armour of righteousnes on the right hand an on the lefte 8 By honour and dishonour by euill reporte and good reporte as deceiuers yet true 9 As vnknowen and yet knowen as dying and beholde we liue as chastened and yet not killed 10 As sorowing and yet alway reioycyng as poore and yet make manie riche as hauing nothing and yet possessing all thyngs 11 O corinthians our mouth is open vnto you our heart is made large 12 Ye are not kept straite in vs but ye are kept straite in your owne bowelles 13 Now for the same recompense I speake as to my children Be you also enlarged 14 Be not vnequally yoked with the infideles for what felowship hathe righteousnes with vnrighteousnes and what communion hathe light with darkenes 15 And what concorde hathe Christ with Belial or what parte hathe the beleuer with the infidel 16 And what agrement hathe the Temple of God with idoles * for ye are the Temple of the liuyng God as God hathe said * I will dwell among them and walke there and I will be their God and they shal be my people 17 * Wherefore come out from among them and separate yourselues saith the Lord and touche none vncleane thing and I will receiue you 18 * And I wil be a Father vnto you ye shal be my sonnes and daughters saith the Lord almightie CHAP. VII 1 He exhorteth them by the promise of God to kepe them selues pure 37 Assuring theÌ of his loue 8. 13 And doeth not excuse his ãâã toward their but ãâã therat considering what profite came thereby 10 Of two sortes of sorow 1 SEing then we haue these promises dearely beloued let vs clense our selues from all filthines of the flesh and Spirit and growe vp vnto ful holines in the feare of God 2 Receiue vs we haue done wrong to no man we haue consumed no man we haue defrauded no man 3 I speake it not to your condemnacion for I haue said before that ye are in our hearts to dye and liue together 4 I vse great boldenes of speach towarde you I reioyce greatly in you I am filled with comfort and am exceadyng ioyous in all our tribulacion 5 For when we were come into Macedonia our flesh had no reste but we were troubled on euerie side fightings without and terrours within 6 But God that comforteth the abiect comforted vs at the comming of Titus 7 And not by his comming onely but also by the consolacion where with he was comforted of you wheÌhetolde vs your great desire your mourning your feruent minde to me warde so that I reioyced muche more 8 For thogh I made you sorie with a letter I re pent not thogh I did repent for I perceiue that the same epistle made you sorie thogh it were but for a season 9 I now reioyce notthat ye were sorie but that ye sorowed to repentance for ye sorowed godly so that in nothing ye were hurt by vs. 10 * For godlie sorowe causeth repentance vnto saluacion not to be repented of but the worldlie sorowe causeth death 11 For beholde this thing that ye haue bene godly sorie what great care it hath wroght in you yea what clearing of your selues yea what indignacion yea what feare yea how great disire yea what a zeale yea what punishment in all things ye haue shewed your selues that ye are pure in this matter 12 Wherefore thogh I wrote vnto you I did not it for his cause that had done the wrong nether for his cause that had the iniurie but that our care toward you in the sight of God might appeare vnto you 13 Therefore we were comforted because ye were comforted but rather we reioyced muche more for the ioy of Titus because his spirit was refreshed by you all 14 For if that I haue boasted anie thing to him of you I haue not ãâã ashamed but as I haue spoken vnto you all things in trueth eneÌ so our boasting vnto Titus was true 15 And his in warde affection is more abundant towarde you when he remembreth the obedience of you all and how with feare and trembling ye receiued him 16 I reioyce therefore that I may put my coÌfidence in you in all things CHAP. VIII 1 By the example of the ãâã 9 And Christ he exhorteth them to continue in relieuing the poore Saintes commending their good beginning 23 After he coÌmendeth Titus and his felowes vnto them 1 WE do you also to wit brethren of the grace of God bestowed vpoÌthe Chur ches of Macedonia 2 Because in great tryal of affliction their ioye abunded and their moste extreme pouertie abunded vnto their riche liberalitie 3 For to their power I beare recorde yea beyonde their power they were willing 4 And prayed vs with great instance that we wold receiue the grace and felowship * of the ministring which is towarde the Saintes 5 And this they did not as we loked for but gaue their owne selues first to the Lord and after vnto vs ãâã the wil of God 6 That we shulde exhorte Titus that as he had begonne so he wolde also accomplish the same grace among you also 7 Therefore as ye abunde in euerie thing in faith and worde and knowledge and in all diligence and in your loue towards vs euen so se that ye abunde in this grace also 8 This say I not by commandement but because of the diligence of others therefore proue I the naturalnes of your loue 9 For ãâã knowe the grace of our Lorde Iesus Christ that he being riche for your sakes became poore that ye through his pouertie might be made riche 10 And I shewe my minde herein for this is expedient for you which haue begonne not to do onely but also to wil a yere ago 11 Now therefore performe to do it also that as there was a readines to wil euen so ye maye performe it of that which ye haue 12 For if there be first a willing minde it is accepted according to that a man hathe and not according to that he hathe not 13 Nether is it that other men shulde be eased and you grieued 14 But vpon like condicion at this time your abundance supplieth their lacke that also their abundance may be for your lacke that there may be equalitie 15 As it is wiritten *
you not yet forasmuche as I was craftie I toke you wyth guile 17 Did I pill you byanie of them whome I sent vnto you 18 I haue desired Titus and with him I haue sent a brother did Titus pil you of anything walked we not in the selfe same spirit walked we not in the same steppes 19 Againe think e ye that we excuse our selues vnto you we speake before God in Christ. But we do all thyngs dearly beloued for your edifying 20 For I feare lest wheÌ I come I shall not finde you suche as I wolde and that I shal be founde vnto you suche as ye wolde not and lest there be strife enuying wrath con tentions back ebitings whisperings swellings and discorde 21 I feare lest when I come againe my GOD abase me amonge you and I shall be waile manie of them whiche haue sinned already and haue not repented of the * vnclennes and fornication and wantonnes which they haue committed CHAP. XIII 1 He threateneth the obstinate 5 And declareth what his power is by their owne testimonie 10 Also he sheweth what is the effect of this Epistle 11 After hauing ãâã them to their duetie he wisheth them all prosperitie 1 THis is the thirde time that I come vnto you * In the mouth of two or thre witnesses shall euerie worde stand 2 I tolde you before and tell you before as thogh I had bene present the seconde time so write I now beyng absent to them which heretofore haue sinned and to all others that if I come againe I wil not spare 3 Seing that ye seke experience of Christ that speaketh in me whiche towarde you is not weake but is mightie in you 4 For thogh he was crucified concerning his infirmitie yet liueth he through the power of God And we no dout are weake in him but we shall liue with him through the pow er of God towarde you 5 * Proue your selues whether ye are in the faith examine your selues know ye not your owne selues how that Iesus Christ is in you except ye be reprobates 6 But I trust that ye shal know that we are not reprobates 7 Nowe I pray vnto God that ye do none euil not that we shulde seme approued but that ye shulde do that which is honest thogh we be as reprobates 8 For we cannot do anie thyng againste the trueth but for the trueth 9 For we are glad when we are weake aÌd that ye are strong this also we wishe for euen your perfection 10 Therefore write I these thyngs beyng absent lest when ãâã am present I shulde vse shar penes accordyng to the power whiche the Lord hath giuen me to edification and not to destruction 11 Finally brethren fare ye well be perfite be of good comforte be of one mynde lyue in peace and the God of loue and peace shal be with you 12 Grete one another with an * holie kysse All the Saintes salute you 13 The grace of our Lord Iesus Christ and the loue of God and the communion of the holie Gost be with you all Amen The seconde Epistle to the Corinthians written from Philippi a citie in Macedonia and sent by Titus and Lucas THE EPISTLE OF the Apostle Paul to the Galatians THE ARGVMENT THe Galatians after they had bene instructed by Saint Paul in the trueth of the Gospell gaue place to false Apostles who entring in in his absence corrupted the pure doctrine of Christ and taught that the ceremonies of the Law must be ãâã obserued whiche thing the Apostle so earnestly reasoneth againste that he proueth that the grantyng thereof is the ouerthrowe of mans saluacion purchassed by Christ for thereby the lyght of the Gospel is obscured the conscience burdened the Testaments confounded mans iustice established And because the false teachers did pretend as thogh they had bene sent of the chief Apostles and that Paul had no ãâã but spake of him selfe he proueth bothe that he is an Apostle ordeined by God and also that he is not inferior to the rest of the Apostles whiche thing established he procedeth to his purpose prouing that we are frely iustified before God without any workes or ceremonies whiche notwithstanding in their time had their vse and commoditie but now they are not onely vnprofitable figures but also pernicious because Christ the trueth and the end thereof is come wherefore men ought now to embrace that libertie whiche Christ hathe purchassed by his blood and not ãâã haue their consciences snared in the grennes of mans traditions finally he sheweth wherein this libertie standeth and what exercises apperteine thereunto CHAP. I. 6 Paul rebuketh their inconstancie whiche suffred them selues to be seduced by the false Apostles who preached that the obseruation of the ceremonies of the Law were necessarie to saluacion 8 And detesteth them that preache anye otherwise then Christe purely 13 He ãâã hys owne conuersation magnifieth hys office and Apostleshyp and declareth hym selfe to be equall wyth the chief Apostles 1 PAVL * an Apostle not of men nether by man by Iesus Christ and God the Father which hathe raised hym from the dead 2 And all the brethren which are with me vnto the Churches of Galatia 3 Grace be with you and peace from God the Father and from our Lord Iesus Christ. 4 Whiche gaue him self for our sinnes that he myght deliuer vs * from thys present euill worlde accordyng to the will of GOD euen our Father 5 To whome be glorie for euer and euer Amen 6 I marueile that ye are so sone remoued away vnto another Gospel frome hym that had called you in the grace of Christ. 7 Whyche is not another Gospell saue that there be some whiche trouble you and intende to peruert the Gospel of Christ. 8 But thogh that we or an Angel ãâã heauen preache vnto you other wise then that whiche we haue preached vnto you let him be accursed 9 As we said before so say I nowe againe If anie man preache vnto you otherwise then that ye haue receiued let him be accursed 10 For nowe preache I mans doctrine or Gods or go I aboute to please men for if I shulde yet please men I were not the seruant of Christ. 11 * Nowe I certifie you brethren that the Gospel spel which was preached of me was not after man 12 For nether receiued I it of man nether was I taught it but by the reuelation of Iesus Christ. 13 For ye haue hearde of my conuersation in time paste in the Iewish religion howe that * I persecuted the Church of God extremely and wasted it 14 And profited in the Iewish religion aboue manie of my companions of myne owne nacion and was muche more zealous of the traditions of my fathers 15 But when it pleased God whiche had sepa rated me from my
and loue and of the hope of saluation for an helmet 9 For God hathe not appointed vs vnto wrath but to obteine saluation by the meanes of our Lord Iesus Christ. 10 Which dyed for vs that whether we wake or slepe we shulde liue together with him 11 Wherefore exhorte one another and edifie one another 12 Now we beseche you brethren that ye knowe them which labour among you and are ouer you in the Lord admonish you 13 That ye haue them in singular loue for their workes sake Be at peace among your selues 14 We desire you bethren admonish them that are vnrulie comforte the feble minded beare with the weake by pacient towarde all men 15 * Se that none recompense euil for euil vnto any man but euer followe that which is good bothe towarde your selues and towarde all men 16 Reioyce euermore 17 * Pray continually 18 In all things giue thankes for this is the wil of God in Christ Iesus to warde you 19 Quench not the Spirit 20 Despise not prophecying 21 Trye ãâã things and kepe that which is good 22 Abstaine from all appearance of euil 23 Now the verie God* of peace sanctifie you throughout and I pray God that your whole spirit and soule bodie may be kept blameles vnto the comming of our Lord Iesus Christ. 24 * Faithful is he which calleth you which wil also do it 25 Brethren pray for vs. 26 Grete ãâã the brethren with and holie kisse 27 I chargey ãâã the Lord that this epistle be red vnto all the brethren the Saintes 28 The grace of our Lord Iesus Christ be with you Amen The first epistle vnto de Thessalonians written from Athens THE SECONDE EPISTLE to the Thessalonians THE ARGVMENT LEst the Thessalonians shulde thinke that Paul neglected them because he went to other places rather then came to them ãâã writteth vnto them and exhorteth theÌ to pacience and other frutes of faith nether to be moued with that vaine opinion of suche as taught that the comming of Christ was at hand for asmuch as before that day there shulde ãâã a fallyng away from true religion euen by a great parte of the worlde and that Antichrist shulde reigne in the Temple of God finally commending him self to their prayers and encouraging them to constancie he will eth them to correct suche sharpely is liue idelly of other mens labours whome if they do not obey his ãâã he coÌmaÌdeth to excoÌmunicate CHAP. I. 3 He thanketh God for their faith loue and pacience 11 He praieth for the encrease of the same 12 And sheweth what frute shal come thereof 1 PAVL and Siluanus and Timotheus vnto the Churche of the Thessalonians whiche is in GOD our Father aÌd in the Lord Iesus Christ. 2 Grace be with you and peace from God our Father and from the Lord Iesus Christ. 3 * We ought to thanke God alwayes for you brethreÌ as it is mete because that your faith groweth excedingly and the loue of euerie one of you towarde another abundeth 4 So that we our selues reioyce of you in the Churches of God because of your pacieÌce and faith in all your persecutions and tribulations that ye suffre 5 * Whiche is a token of the righteous iud gemeÌt of God that ye may be counted worthie of the kingdome of God for the which ye also suffre 6 For it is a righteous thyng with God to recoÌpense tribulation to theÌ that trouble you 7 And to you which are troubled rest with vs * when the Lord Iesus shall shewe him selfe from heauen with his mightie Angels 8 In flamyng fyre rendryng vengeance vnto them that do not knowe God and whiche obey not vnto the Gospel of our Lord Iesus Christ. 9 Which shal be punished with euerlastyng perdition from the presence of the Lorde and from the glorie of his power 10 When he shall come to be glorified in hys Saintes and to be made marueilous in al theÌ that beleue because our testimonie toward you was beleued in that day 11 Wherefore we also praye alwayes for you that our God may make you worthie of his callyng and fulfill all the good pleasure of his goodnes and the worke of faith with power 12 That the Name of our Lorde Iesus Christe may be glorified in you and ye in him according to the grace of our God and of the Lord Iesus Christ. CHAP. II. 3 He sheweth them that the day of the Lord shal not come till the departyng from the faith come first 9 And the kingdome of Antichrist 15 And therefore he exhorteth theÌ not to be deceiued but to stand stedfast inthe things that he hathe taught them 1 NOw we beseche you brethren by the comming of our Lord Iesus Christ and by our assembling vnto him 2 That ye be not suddenly moued from your minde nortroubled nether by spirit nor by worde nor by letter as it were from vs as thogh the daye of Christ were at hand 3 * Let no man deceiue you by any meanes for that day shal not come except there come a departing first and that that man of sinne be disclosed euen the sonne of perdition 4 Which is an aduersarie and exalted him self against all that is called God or that is worshipped so that he doeth sit as God in the Temple of God shewing himself that he is God 5 Remember ye not that when I was yet with you I tolde you these things 6 And now ye knowe what with holdeth that he might be reueiled in his time 7 For the mysterie of iniquitie doeth alreadie worke onely he which now with holdeth shal let til he be taken out of the waye 8 And then shal the wicked man be reueiled * whome the Lord shal consume with the Spirit of his mouth and shal abolish with the brightnes of his comming 9 Euen him whose comming is by the wor king of Satan with all power and signes and lying wonders 10 And in all deceiueablenes of vnrighteousnes among them that perish because they receiued not the loue of the trueth that thei might be saued 11 And therfore God shal send them strong de lusion that they shulde beleue lyes 12 That all they might be damned which bele ued not the trueth but had pleasure in vnto righteousnes 13 But we ought to giue thaÌkes alwaye to God for you brethren beloued of the Lord because that God hathe from the beginning chosen you to saluacion through sanctification of the Spirit and the faith of trueth 14 Whereunto he called you by our Gospel to obteine the glorie of our Lord IESVS Christ. 15 Therefore brethren stand fast and kepe the instructions which ye haue bene taught ether by worde or by our Epistle 16 Now the same Iesus Christ
inuisible vnto God onely wise be honour and glorie for euer and euer Amen 18 This commandement commit I vnto thee sonne Timotheus according to the prophecies which went before vpon thee that thou by them shuldest * fight a good fight 19 Hauing faith and a good conscieÌce whiche some haue put away and as concerning faith haue made ship wracke 20 Of whome is Himeneus and Alexander * whome I haue deliuered vnto Satan that they might learne not to blaspheme CHAP. II. 1 He exhorteth to pray for all men 4 wherefore 8 And how 9 As touching the apparel and modestie of women 1 IExhorte therefore that first of al supplicacions praiers intercessions and giuing of thankes be made for all men 2 For Kings and for all that are in autoritie that we may lead a quiet and a peaceable life in all godlines and honestie 3 For this is good and acceptable in the sight of God our Sauiour 4 * Who will that all men shal be saued and come vnto the knowledge of the trueth 5 For there is one God and one Mediator betwene God and man which is the man Christ Iesus 6 Who gaue him self a raunsome for all men to be a testimonie in due time 7 * Whereunto I am ordeined a preacher and an Apostle I speake the trueth in Christ aÌd lie not euen a teacher of the Gentiles in faith and veritie 8 I wil therefore that the men pray euerie where lifting vp pure hands without wrath or douting 9 * Like wise also the women that they araye them selues in comelie apparel with shamefastnes aÌd modestie not with broyded heare or pearles or costlie apparel 10 But as be commeth women that professe the feare of God with good workes 11 Let the woman learne in silence with all sub iection 12 I permit not a woman to teache nether to vsurpe autoritie ouer the man but to be in silence 13 For Adam was first formed then Eue. 14 And Adam was not deceiued but the woman was deceiued and was in the transgression 15 Not withstanding through bearing of children she shal be saued if they continue in faith and loue and holines with modestie CHAP. III. 2 He declareth what is the office of ministers 11 And as touching their families 15. The dignitie of the Church 16 And the principal point of the heauenlie doctrine 1 THis is a true saying * If any man desire the office of a bishoppe he desireth a worthie worke 2 A bishop therefore must be vnreproueable the housband of one wife watching sober modest harberous apt to teache 3 Not giuen to wine no striker not giuen to filthie lucre but gentle no fighter not couetous 4 One that can rule his owne house honestly hauing children vnder obedience with all honestie 5 For if any can not rule his owne house how shal be care for the Church of God 6 He may not be a yong scholer lest he being puffed vp fall into the condemnation of the deuil 7 He must also be wel reported of euen of the which are without lest he fall into rebuke and the snare of the deuil 8 Like wise must deacons be honest not dou ble tongued not giuen vnto muche wine nether to filthie lucre 9 Hauing the mysterie of the faith in pure conscience 10 And let them first be proued then let them minister if they be founde blameles 11 Like wise their wiues must be honest not euil speakers but sober and faithful in all things 12 Let the deacons be the housbands of one wife and suche as can rule their childreÌ wel and their owne housholdes 13 For they that haue ministred wel get them selues a good degre and great libertie in the faith which is in Christ Iesus 14 These things write I vnto thee trusting to come very shortely vnto thee 15 But if I tary long that thou maist yet know how thou oghtest to be haue thy selfe in the house of God whiche is the Churche of the liuing God the pillar grounde of trueth 16 And without controuersie great is the mysterie of godlines whiche is God is manifested in the flesh iustified in the Spirite sene of Angels preached vnto the Gentiles beleued on in the worlde and receiued vp in glorie CHAP. IIII. 2 He teacheth him what doctrine be ought to flee 6. 8. 11. And what to followe 15 And wherein ought to exercise himself continually 1 NOw the Spirit speaketh euidently that in the * latter times some shall departe from the faith and shal giue hede vnto spirits of errour and doctrines of deuils 2 Whiche speak elyes through hypocrisie haue their conscieÌces burned with an hore yron 3 Forbidding to marie and commandyng to absteine from meats which God hath created to be receiued with giuyng thankes of them whiche beleue and knowe the trueth 4 For euerie creature of God is good and nothing ought to be refused if it be receiued with thank esgiuing 5 For it is sanctified by the worde of God and prayer 6 If thou put the brethren in remembrance of these things thou shalt be a good minister of Iesus Christ whiche hast bene nourished vp in the wordes of faith and of good doctrine which thou hast continually followed 7 * But cast away prophane and olde wiues fables and exercise thy ãâã vnto godlines 8 For bodelie exercise profiteth litle but godlines is profitable vnto ãâã which hathe the promes of the life present and of that that is to come 9 This is a true saying and by al meanes worthie to be receiued 10 For therefore we labour and are rebuked because we trust in the liuing God whiche is the Sauiour of all men specially of those that beleue 11 These things commande and teache 12 Let no man despise thy youth but be vnto them that beleue an ensample in worde in conuersation in loue in spirit in faith in purenes 13 Til I come giue attendance to reading to exhortation and to doctrine 14 Despise not the gift that is in thee which was giuen thee by prophecie with the laying on of the hands of the companie of the Eldership 15 These things exercise and giue thy self vn to them that it may be sene how thou profitest among all men 16 Take hede vnto thy self and vnto learning continue therein for in doing this thou shalt bothe saue thy self and them that heare thee CHAP. V. 1 He teacheth him how he shal behaue him self in rebuking all degrees 3 An ordre concerning widowes 17 The establishing of ministers 23 The gouuernance of his bodie 24 And the iudgement of sinnes 1 REbuke not an elder but exhort him as a father and the yonger men as brethren 2 The elder women as
contentions curious disputations and vaine questions to the inteÌt that his doctrine may al together edifie Considering that the examples of Hymeneus and Philetus which subuerted the true doctrine of the resurre ction were so horrible yet to the intent that no man shulde be offended at their fall being men of autoritie inestima tion he sheweth that all that professe Christ are not his that the Churche is subiect to this calamitie that the euill must dwel among the good til Gods trial come yet he reserueth them whom he hathe elected euen to the end And that Timotheus shulde not be discouraged by the wicked he declareth what abominable men and dangerous times shall followe willing him to arme him self with the hope of the good yssue that God wil giue vnto his to exercise him self diligeÌtly in the Scriptures bothe against the aduersaries and for the vtilitie of the Churche desiring him to come to hym for certeine necessarie affaires and so with his and others salutations endeth CHAP. I. 6 Paul exhorteth Timotheus to stedfastnes and pacience in persecution and to continue in the doctrine that he had taught him 12 Whereof his bonds and afflictions were agage 16 A commendation of Onesiphorus 1 PAul an Apostle of Iesus Christ by the will of God accordyng to the promes of life whiche is in Christ Iesus 2 To Timotheus my beloued sonne Grace mercie and peace from God the Father and from Iesus Christ our Lord. 3 I thanke God * whome I serue from mine elders with pure conscience that without ceasing I haue remembrance of thee in my prayers night and day 4 Desiring to se thee mindful of thy teares that I may be filled with ioye 5 When I call to remembrance the vnfained faith that is in thee whiched welt first in thy grandmother Lois and in this mother Eunice and am assured that it dwelleth in thee also 6 Wherefore I put thee in remembrance that thou stirre vp the gifte of God whiche is in thee by the putting on of mine hands 7 For God hathe not giuen to vs the Spirit of feare but of power and of loue and of a sounde minde 8 Be not therefore ashamed of the testimonie of our Lord nether of me his prisoner but be partaker of the afflictions of the Gospel according to the power of God 9 Who hathe saued vs and called vs with an * holie calling not according to our* workes but according to his owne purpose grace which was giuen to vs through Christ Iesus before the * worlde was 10 But is now made manifest by the appearing of our Sauiour Iesus Christ who hathe abolished death and hathe broght life and immortalitie vnto light through the Gospel 11 * Whereunto I am appointed a preacher Apostle and ateacher of the Gentiles 12 For the which cause I also suffre these things but I am not ashamed for I knowe whome I haue beleued and I am persuaded that he is able to kepe that whiche I haue coÌmitted to him against that day 13 Kepe the true paterne of the wholsome wordes whiche thou hast heard of me in faith and loue whiche is in Christ Iesus 14 That worthie thing which was committed to thee kepe through the holie Gost whiche dwelleth in vs. 15 This thou knowest that all they which are in Asia be turned from me of whiche sorte are Phygellus and Hermogenes 16 The Lorde giue mercie vnto the house of One siphorus for he oftrefreshed me was not ashamed of my chaine 17 But when he was at Rome he soght me out verie diligently and founde me 18 The Lord grant vnto him that he may finde mercie with the Lord at that day and in how manie things he hathe ministred vnto me at Ephesus thou knowest verie wel CHAP. II. 2 He exhorteth him to be constant in trouble to suffer manly to abyde faste in the wholsome doctrine of our Lord Iesus Christ. 11 Shewing him the fidelitie of Gods counsel touching the saluation of his 19 And the marke thereof 1 THou therfore my sonne be strong in the grace that is in Christ Iesus 2 And what things thou hast heard of me by manie witnesses the same deliuer to faithfull men whiche shal be able to teache other also 3 Thou therefore suffer afflictions as a good souldier of Iesus Christ. 4 No man that warreth entangleth hym self with the affaires of this life because he wolde please him that hathe chosen hym to be a souldier 5 And if anie man also striue for a masterie he is not crowned excepthe striue as he ought to do 6 The housband man must labour before he receiue the frutes 7 Consider what I say and the Lord giue thee vnderstanding in all things 8 Remember that Iesus Christ made of the sede of Dauid was raised againe from the dead accordyng to my Gospel 9 Wherein I suffer trouble an euil doer ouen vnto bondes but the worde of God is not bounde 10 Therefore I suffer all things for the * elects sake that they might also obteine the the saluation which is in Christ Iesus with eternal glorie 11 It is a true saying For if we be* dead wyth him we also shal liue with him 12 If we suffer we shal also reigne with hym * if we denie him he also wil denie vs. 13 If* we beleue not yet abideth he faithful he can not denie him self 14 Of these thyngs put them in remembrance and protest before the Lord that they striue not aboute wordes whiche is to no profit but to the peruerting of the hearers 15 Studie to she we thy selfe approued vnto God a workeman that nedeth not to be asha med diuiding the worde of trueth a right 16 * Stay prophane and vaine bablings for they shal encrease vnto more vngo ãâã 17 And their worde shall fret as a cancre of which sorte is Hymeneus and Philetus 18 Whiche as concernyng the trueth haue erred saying that the resurrection is past already and do destroye the faith of certeine 19 But the fundation of God remayneth sure and hathe thys seale The LORD knoweth who are his and Let euerie one that calleth on the Name of Christ departe frome iniquitie 20 Notwithstanding in a great house are not onely vessels of Golde and of Siluer but also of wood and of earth and some for honour and some vnto dishonour 21 If anie man therefore purge him selfe from these he shal be a vessel vnto honour sanctified and mete for the Lord and prepared vn to euerie good worke 22 Flee also frome the lustes of youth and followe after ryghteousnes fayth loue and peace with them that* cal on the Lord with pure heart 23 * And put away foolish and vnlearned que stions knowing that they in gendre strife 24 But the seruant of the Lord
shal receiue an incorruptible crowne of glorie 5 Like wise ye yonger submit your selues vnto the elders and submit your selues euerie man one to another * decke your selues in wardely in low lines of minde for God * resisteth the proud giueth grace to the huÌble 6 Humble * your selues therefore vnder the mightie hand of God that he may exalt you in due time 7 Cast * all your care on him for he careth for you 8 Be sober and watch for * your aduersarie the deuil as a roaring lyon walk eth about seking whome he may deuoure 9 Whome resist sted fast in the faith knowing that the same afflictions are accomplished in your brethren which are in the worlde 10 And the God of all grace which hath called vs vnto his eternal glorie by Christ Iesus after that ye haue suffred a litel make you perfect coÌfirme strengthen stablish you 11 To him be glorie and dominion for euer and euer Amen 12 By Siluanus a faithful brother vnto you as I suppose haue I writen briefly exhorting and testifying how that this is the true grace of God where in ye stand 13 The Church that is at Babylon elected to gether with you saluteth you and Marcus my sonne 14 Grete ye one another with the * kysse of loue Peace be with you all which are in Christ Iesus Amen THE SECONDE EPISTLE general of Peter THE ARGVMENT THe effect of the Apostle here is to exhorte them which haue once ãâã the true faith of ãâã to stande to the same euen to the last breath also that God by his effectual grace towardesmen moueth them to holines of life in punishing the hypocrites which abuse his Name and in increasing his gifts in the godlie wherefore by godlie life he being now almost at deaths dore exhorteth them to approue their vocation not setting their affection on worldlie things as he had oft writ vnto them but lifting their eyes towarde heauen as they be taught by the Gospel whereof he is a cleare witnes chiefly in that he heard with his owne eares that Christ was proclaimed from heauen to be the Sonne of God as likewise the Prophetes testified And lest they shulde promise to them selues quietnes by professing the Gospel he warneth them bothe of troubles which they shulde susteine by the false teachers and also by the mockers and ãâã of religion whose maners and trade he liuely setteth forthe as in a table aduertising the faithful not onely to waite diligently for Christ but also to beholde presently the day of his comming and to preserue them selues vnspotted against the same CHAP. I. 4 Forasmuche as the power of God hathe giuen them all things perteining vnto life he exhorteth them to flee the corruption of worldlie lusts 10 To make their calling sure with good workes and frutes of faith 14 He maketh mention of his owne death 17 Declaring the Lord Iesus to be the true Sonne of God as he him self had sene vpon the mounte 1 SIMON Peter a seruant and an Apostle of IESVSCRIST to you which haue obteined like precious faith with vs by the rightousnes of our God and Sauiour Iesus Christ. 2 Grace and peace be multiplied to you by the knowledge of God and of Iesus our Lord 3 According as his godlie power hathe giuen vnto vs all things that perteine vnto life and godlines through the knowledge of him that hathe called vs vnto glorie and vertue 4 Whereby most great and precious promises are giuen vnto vs that by them ye shulde be ãâã of the godlie nature in that ye flee the corruption which is in the worlde through lust 5 Therefore giue euen all diligence thereunto ioyne moreouer vertue with your faith and with vertue knowledge 6 And with knowledge temperaÌce and with temperance pacience and with pacience godlines 7 And with godlines brotherlie kindenes and with brotherlie kindenes loue 8 For if these things be among you and abun de they wil make you that ye nether shal be ydle nor vnfruteful in the knowledge of our Lord Iesus Christ. 9 For he that hathe not these things is blinde and can not se farre of and hathe forgotten that he was purged from his olde sinnes 10 Wherefore brethren giue rather diligence to make your calling and election sure for if ye do these things ye shal neuer fall 11 For by this meanes an entring shal be ministred vnto you abundaÌtly into the euerlastiug kingdom of our Lord Sauiour Iesus Christ. 12 Wherefore I wil not be negligent to put you alwais in remembrance of these things thogh that ye haue knowledge and be stablished in the present trueth 13 For I thinke it mete as long as I am in this tabernacle to stirre you vp by putting you in remembrance 14 Seing I knowe that the time is at hand that I must lay downe this my tabernacle euen as our Lord Iesus Christ hathe * she wed me 15 I wil endeuour therefore alwaise that ye also may be able to haue remembraÌce of these things after my departing 16 For we folowed not * deceiueable fables when we opened vnto you the power and comming of our Lord Iesus Christ but with our eyes we saw his maiestie 17 For he receiued of God the Father honour and glorie wheÌ there came suche a voyce to him froÌ the excellent glorie * This is my beloued Sonne in whome I am well pleased 18 And this voyce we heard wheÌ it came from heaueÌ being with him in the holye mounte 19 We haue also a moste sure worde of the Prophetes to the whiche ye do well that ye take hede as vnto a light that shineth in a darke place vntil the day dawne and the daye starre arise in your hearts 20 * So that ye first know this that no prophecie in the Scripture is of anie priuate motion 21 For the Prophecie came not in olde time by the wil of man but holie men of God spake as they were moued by the holie Gost. CHAP. II. He prophecieth of false teaches and sheweth their punishment 1 BVt * there were false prophetes also among the people euen as there shal be false teachers among you whiche priuely shal bring in daÌnable heresies euen denying the Iord that hathe boght them and bryng vpon them selues swift damnation 2 And manie shall followe their damnable wayes by whome the way of trueth shal be euil spoken of 3 And through couetousnes shall they with fained wordes make marchandise of you whose iudgement long agone is not farre of and their damnation slepeth not 4 For if God spared not the * Angels that had sinned but caste them downe into hell and deliuered them into chaines of darkenes to be kept vnto damnation 5 Nether hathe spared the olde worlde but saued * Noe the eight persone a
haue eternal life and that ye maye beleue in the Name of the Sonne of God 14 And thys is the assurance that we haue in him * that if we aske aniething accordyng to his wil he heareth vs. 15 And if we knowe that he heareth vs whatsoeuer we aske we knowe that we haue the peticions that we haue desired of him 16 If anie man se his brother sinne a sinne that is not vnto death let hym aske and he shall giue him lyfe for them that sinne not vnto death * There is a sinne vnto death I saye not that thou shuldest praye for it 17 All vnryghteousnes is sinne but there is a sinne not vnto death 18 We knowe that whosoeuer is borne of God sinneth not but he that is begotten of God kepeth himself and the wicked toucheth him not 19 We knowe that we are of GOD and the whole worlde lyeth in wickednes 20 But we knowe that the Sonne of God is * come and hathe giuen vs a minde to knowe him whiche is true and we are in him that is true that is in his Sonne Iesus Christ this same is verie God and eternal life 21 Babes kepe your selues from idoles AmeÌ THE SECONDE EPISTLE of Iohn He writeth vnto a certeine ladie 4 Reioycing that her children walke in the trueth 5 And exhorteth vnto loue 7 Warneth them to beware of such deceiuers as denie that Iesus Christ is come in the flesh 8 Prayeth them to continue in the doctrine of Christ. 10 And to haue nothing to do with them that brynge not the true doctrine of Christ Iesus our Sauiour 1 THe Elder to the elect Ladie and her chyldren whome I loue in ãâã the trueth aÌd not I onelye but also all that haue knoweÌ the trueth 2 For the trueths sake whyche dwelleth in in vs and shal be with vs for euer 3 Grace be with you mercie aÌd peace froÌ God the Father and froÌ the Lord Iesus Christ the Sonne of the Father with trueth and loue 4 I reioyced greatly that I founde of thy children walkyng in trueth as we haue receiued a commandement of the Father 5 And now beseche I thee Ladie not as writing a new commandement vnto thee but that same whiche we had froÌ the beginning that we * loue one another 6 And this is the loue that we shulde walke af ter his commandements This commandement is that as ye haue hearde from the begynning ye shulde walke in it 7 For manie deceiuers are entred in the world which confesse not that Iesus Christ is come in the flesh He that is suche one is a deceiuer and an Antichrist 8 Loke to your selues that we lose not the thyngs whiche we haue done but that we may receiue a ful rewarde 9 Whosoeuer transgresseth and abideth not in the doctrine of Christ hathe not God He that continueth in the doctrine of Christ he hath bothe the Father and the Sonne 10 If there come anie vnto you and bring not this doctrine * receiue him not to house nether bid him God spede 11 For he that biddeth him God spede is partaker of his euil dedes Althogh I had manie thynges to write vnto you yet I wolde not write with paper and yncke but I trust to come vnto you aÌd speake mouth to mouth that our ioye may be ful 12 The sonnes of thine elect sister grete thee Amen THE THIRD EPIstle of Iohn 3 He is glad of Gaius that he walketh in the trueth 8 Exhorteth to be louyng vnto the poore Christen in their persecution 9 Sheweth the vnkinde dealing of Diotrephes 12 And the good reporte of Demetrius 1 THE Elder vnto the beloued Gaius whome I loue in the trueth 2 Beloued I wishe chiefly that thou prosperedst and faredst wel as thy soule prospereth 3 For I reioyced greatly when the brethren came and testified of the trueth that is in thee how thou walkest in the trueth 4 I haue no greater ioye then this that is to he are that my sonnes walke in veritie 5 Beloued thou doest faythfully whatsoeuer thou doest to the brethren and to straÌgers 6 Whiche bare witnes of thy loue before the Churches Whome if thou bringest of their iourney as it besemeth accordyng to God thou shalt do wel 7 Because that for hys Names sake they went forthe and toke nothing of the Gentiles 8 We therefore ought to receiue suche that we might be helpers to the trueth 9 I wrote vnto the Churche but Diotrephes whiche loueth to haue the preeminence among them receiueth vs not 10 Wherefore if I come I will declare hys dedes whyche he doeth prateling againste vs with malicious wordes and not there with content nether he him self receiueth the bre thren but forbiddeth them that wolde and thrusteth them out of the Church 11 Beloued followe not that which is euil but that whiche is good he that doeth well is of god but he that doth euil hath not sene god 12 Demetrius hathe good reporte of all men and of the trueth itselfe yea and we ourselues beare recorde and ye knowe that our recorde is true 13 I haue manie thyngs to write but I will not with yncke and pen write vnto thee 14 For I truste I shall shortely se thee and we shal speake mouth to mouth Peace be with thee The friends salute thee Grete the friends by name THE GENERAL Epistle of Iude. THE ARGVMENT SAint Iude admonisheth all Churches generally to take hede of deceiuers which go about to drawe awaye the hearts of the simple people from the trueth of God and willeth them to haue no societie with suche whome he setteth forthe in their liuelie colours shewing by diuers examples of the Scriptures what horrible vengeance is prepared for theÌ finally he comforteth the faithful and exhorteth them to perseuere in the doctrine of the Apostles of Iesus Christ. 1 IVde a seruant of Iesus Christ and brother of Iames to them whiche are cal led and sanctified of God the Father and reserued to Iesus Christ 2 Mercie vnto you and peace and loue be multiplied 3 Beloued when I gaue all diligence to write vnto you of the commune saluation it was nedeful for me to write vnto you to exhorte you that ye shulde earnestly contende for the maintenance of the faith whiche was once giuen vnto the Saintes 4 For there are certeine men crept in whiche were before of olde ordeyned to this condemnation vngodlie men they are whiche turne the grace of our God into wantonnes and * denye God the onelie Lorde and our Lord Iesus Christ. 5 I wil therefore put you in remembrance forasmuche as ye once knewe thys howe that the Lord after that he had deliuered the peo ple out of Egypte * destroyed them afterwarde which beleued not 6 The * Angels also which kept not their first estat but
4 Be careful ouer your Flockes Prouerb 27. 23. noahs Flood Gen. 6. 7 8. The cause of the vniuersal Flood Gen. 6. 5. An offring of Floure Leuit. 2. 1. ¶ By the Folde is vnderstand the church Iohn 10. 16 A Rodde belongeth to the Fooles backe Prou. 26. 3. for beare one another Ephe. 4. 2. Christ deliuered by the determinant counsel and Foreknowledge of God Act. 2. 23. We are elect according to the Fore knowledge of God 1. Pet. 1. 2 Our Forerunner christ Ebr. 6. 20 How oft thou oughtest to Forgiue thy brother Mat. 18. 21 Fornication ought not to be named among vs. Ephes. 5. 3 Fornicatours shall not inherit the kingdome of God 1. Cor. 6. 9 Forsake thy father mother for christs sake Mat. 19. 29 Forsake thy self Mat. 16. 24 Fooles Prou. 12. vnto 18 The Foxes of samson Iudg. 15. 4 ¶ Mans Fragilitie Isa. 40. 6 The tre is knowen by the frute Mat. 7. 18. ¶ Wo to them that be Ful. Luk. 6. ãâã ¶ The piller of Fyre Exod. 40. 38 Christ is come to put Fyre on the earth Luk. 12. 41 Euerlastyng Fyre prepared for the deuil Mat. 25. 41 A law touching the Fyre that coÌsumeth the corne Exod. 22. 6 The Fyrie law Deut. 33. 2 G GAal ebeds sonne and his doings Iudg. 9. 26 Gad the prophet 1. Sam. 22. 5. 2. Sam. 24. 11. Gad the sonne of Iaakob Gen. 30. 11. 49. 19. Iosh. 22 The counsel of Gamaliel Act. 5. 35 The Garment made of linen and wollen forbidden Deut. 22. 11 Aarons Garments Exod. 28 The strait Gate leadeth to life Matth. 7. 13 Iudgement done in the Gates of the citie Deut. 22 15 Gatherings for the saintes 1. Cor. 16. 1 ¶ Gedaliah is slaine 2. King 25. 25 The Gelded shall not entre into the con gregacion of the Lord. Deut. 23. 1 Gentlenes is praise worthie Prou. 16. 21 Ephes. 4. 2 Election of the Gentiles Psal. 2. 8 and 18 47 Israel is forbidden to be at peace with the Gentiles Deut. 7. 2 The conuersion of the Gentiles Isa. 2. 2. Act. 11. 17. 14. 27 The holie gost fell vpon the Gentiles Act. 10. 44 The vocacion of the Gentiles by preaching Isa. 66. 18 The conuersacion of the GeÌtiles before they knewe the trueth Ephes. 2. 1 Christ calleth the Gentiles dogges Mat. 15. 26 God for a time suffred the Gentiles to walke in their owne ways Act. 14. 16 ¶ The men of Gibeah and their wickednes Iosh. 19. 22 Gideon and his doings Iudg. 6. 7. 8 The tryal that Gideon toke of his souldiers how manie they were Iudg. 7. 5 God measureth the Gift accordyng to the heart Mar. 12. 44 Saluacion is the Gift of god Ephes. 2. 8. The Gift of God is not boght with money Act. 8. 20 Gebazi receiued Gifts of naaman 2. King 5. 27 The Gifts of the holie gost are diuers 1. Cor. 12. 4 To be Girded with veritie Ephes. 6. 14 Giue and it shal be giuen vnto you Luk. 6. 38 It is a blessed thing to Giue rather then to receiue Act. 20. 35 God loueth a cherefull Giuer 2. Cor. 9. 7 ¶ The desire of vaine glorie Gal. 5. 26 Man ought not to Glorie in him self 1. Cor. 4. 7. But in the knowledge of God Ierem. 9. 23 Glotons and drunkards are to be auoyded Prou. 23. 20 Glottonie Rom. 13. 13 ¶ The Goat charged with all the iniquities of the people Leui. 16. 22. The people require newe God Exod. 32. 23 God is almightie Gen. 17. 1. 35. 11 God is a spirit Ioh. 4. 24 God is euerie where and seeth al things Ierem. 23. 23 God is immortal 1. Tim. 1. 17 6. 16 God is inuisible Exod. 33. 20. Iohn 1. 18. moses sawe him and how Exod. 24 10. so did iaak ob Gen. 32. 30 The liuing God is the God of Israel Exod. 29. 45. Leuit. 26. 13. 2. Cor. 6. 16 God is with thee a kinde of salutation Iudg. 6. 12. Ruth 2. 4 There is but one God to the faithful 1. Cor. 8. 6 The Gods that are made with mans haÌd cannot saue them selues Bar. 6. 14 Gog and his fall Ezek. 38 39 Going out of Egypt Exod. 12. 37. Goliath slaine by Dauid 1. Sam. 17. Gomorrah consumed with fyre from heauen Gen. 19. 24 Followe that that is Good Rom. 12. 9 no Goodnes dwelleth in our flesh Rom. 7. 18. Thou that art taugh minister to thy teacher in all Good things Gal. 6. 6. Cor. 9. 14 Do God without fainting Gal. 6. 9. euen to thine enemies Luk. 6. 35 The definition of the Gospel Rom. 1. 16 The summe of the Gospel Ephes. 1. 7. Christ preacheth the Gospel Mar. 1. 14. The Gospelis the worde of the eternal God 1. Peter 1. 23. it is the worde of trueth Ephes. 1. 13 The end of them that obeye not the Gos pel of God 2. The ssalon 2. 10. 1. Peter 4. 17. The Gospel of Iohn why it is written Iohn 20. 30 The Gospel ought to be preached to al creatures Mar. 16. 15 Blasphemie against the holie Gost. Mat. 12. 31 The graces and giftes of the holie Gost are diuers 1. Cor. 12. 4 The holie Gost is sent Act. 2. 2 The holie Gost promised to the apostles Luk. 24. 49. Iohn 14. 16. act 1. 8 God giueth the holie Gost to them that desire him Luk. 11. 13 To Go vnto his fathers for to dye Gen. 15. 15 ¶ Trough Grace we are saued Ephesi 2. 5. The Graine of corne that falleth or the grounde Iohn 12. 24 Eat of thy neighbours Grapes but beare none awaye Deut. 23. 24 The Grekes seke for wisdome 1. Cori. 1. 22 Grieue not the holie spirit of God Ephe 4. 30. ¶ Gyants Gen. 6. 4 Gyants in the land of canaaÌ Nom. 13. 34 H HAbacuc feedeth daniel read the storie of bel Habel murdered by his brother Gene. 4. 8. Ebr. 11. 4. Mat. 23. 35 Hadad salomons enemie 1. King 11. 14 Haggai the prophet Ezr. 5. 1 Hagar sara is maid Gen. 16. 21. Ham mock eth his father noah Genese 9. 22. Haman is hanged Ester 8. 9. 10 Hannah the wife of elkanah mother of samuel 1. Sam. 1 2. Hananiah the false prophet Ier. 28. 1 Commune Hands Mark 7. 2 The laying on of Hands Actes 19. 6. 1. Tim. 4. 14. Christ sitteth at table with vn washen Hands luk 11. 38 None can escape the Hand of God Amos. 9. 2. Deut. 32. 39 Christ by laying on of HaÌds healeth the sicke Luk. 4. 40 To stretch the Hands out towards heauen 1. King 8. 22. Exod. 9. 22. 17. 11 The mans Hand that was dryed vp is hea led Mat. 12. 10 Christ layeth his Hands vpoÌ the infants Mat. 19. 15 Hannah nourced her childe 1. Sam. 1. 23 Of Hanun king of the ammonites and of the il entreatie of dauids seruants 2. Sam. 10 4 Haran the sonne of terah Gen 11 27 Haraphah of the stocke of gyants 2 sam 21. 16 god whome he wil he
had none occasion to be suche a sinner as they accused him e Being ashamed of their lightnes and afraied of my grauitie f Acknowledging my wisdome g All that heard me praised me h Testifying that I did good ãâã i Because his ãâã saries did so much charge him with wickednes he is ãâã to rendre a ãâã of hys ãâã k That is I did sue cour him that was in destresse and so he had cause to ãâã me l I delited to do iustice as others did to ãâã costely ãâã m ãâã is at home in my be ãâã without all trouble ãâã n My ãâã doeth increase o That ãâã was pleasant vnto theÌ p As the drye grounde ãâã for the ãâã q That is they ãâã it not to be a ãâã or they thoght not that I wold condescend vnto them r They were afraied to offende me and ãâã me to be ãâã s I had them at coÌ ãâã a That is mine ãâã is changed and where as before the ancient men were glad to do me ãâã ãâã the yong meÌ now ãâã me b Meaning to be my shepherdes or to kepe my dogges c That is their fathers dyed for famine ãâã they came to age â Or ãâã d Iob sheweth that these that mocked him ãâã his affliction were like to their fathers wicked and ãâã ãâã suche as he here ãâã e They ãâã ãâã of me and mocke at my miserie f God hathe taken from me ãâã force credit and auto itie wherewit I kept them in subiection g He said that the yong men when they saw him hid theÌ ãâã as chap. 29. 8. and now in his miserie they ãâã ãâã licencious h That is they soght by all meanes how they might ãâã me i They nede none to helpe them k By my calamitie they toke an occasion ãâã me l My life ãâã me and I am as halfe dead m Meaning sorowe n That is God hathe broght ãâã into contempt o He speaketh not thus to accuse God hut to declare ãâã of his afflictionwhereby he was ãâã beside him self p He compare h his ãâã to a tempest or ãâã ãâã â Or wisdome or Law q None caÌ deliuer me thence thogh thei lament at my death r Instead of comforting they mocked at me s Not deliting in anie worldely thing no not so much as in the vse of the sunne t Lamenting theÌ that were in affliction and mouing others to ãâã theÌ u I am like the wilde beasts that desire muste ãâã ãâã x VVith the heat of affliction a I kept mine eyes from all wanton lokes b VVold not God then haue punished me c Iob declareth that the feare of God was a bridell to stay him from all wickednes d He sheweth wherein his vprightnes standeth that is in as much as he was blameles before men ãâã not agaiÌst the second table e That is hath accomplished the ãâã of mine eye f According to the curse of the Law Deut. 28. 33. g Let her be made a ãâã h He sheweth that albeit maÌ neglect the punishement of adulterie yet the wrath of God will neuer cease till suche be destroyed i WheÌ thei thoght them selues euyll intreated by me k If I had oppressed others how shuld I haue escaped Gods iudgement l He was moued to shewe pirie vnto seruants because they were Gods creatures as he was m By loÌg waiting for her request n He nourished the fatherles and mainteined the widowes cause o To oppresse him and do hym ãâã p Let me ãâã in pieces q I refrained not from sinning for feare of men but because I feared God r If I was proude of my ãâã ãâã ãâã and ãâã whiche is ãâã by the shining of the sunne and brightnes of the moone s If mine owne doings delued me t By putting confidence in anye thing but in hym alone u My ãâã moued me to be ãâã ged of mine enemie yet did I neuer wil he him hurt x And not confessed it frely wherby it is ãâã that he ãâã him selfe before men and not before God y That is I reuerenced the ãâã weake and contemned and was ãâã to offende them z I suffred theÌ to speake euill of me and went not out of my house to reuenge ãâã a This is a ãâã token ãâã my righteousnes that god is my ãâã and wil iustifie my cause b Shulde not this boke ãâã his accusa tions be a praise condemnation to me c I wil make him a counte of all my ãâã without ãâã d As thogh I had ãâã ãâã wages that labored in it e ãâã that he was no ãâã nor ãâã f That is the talke ãâã he had with his ãâã friends â Ebr. was iuste in his owne eyes a VVhich came of Buz the sonne of Nahor Abrahams brother b Or as the Chalde paraphrast ãâã Abram c By making him self innocent and by charging God of ãâã d That is the thre ãâã before e Meaning the an cient which haue experience f It is a special gift of God that man hathe vnder standing and cometh nether of na ture norby age g To proue that ãâã affliction came for his sinnes h And flatter your selues as thogh you had ouercome him i To Wit Iob. k He vseth almost the like ãâã but without tanting and reproches l I haue conceiued in my minde great store of reasons m I wil nether ha ue regarde to riches credit nor au ãâã but wil speake the verie trueth n The Ebrew worde signifieth to change the name as o call a foole a wise man meaning that he wolde not cloke the ãâã to flatter men Chap. XXXIII a I confesse the power of God and am one of his therefore thou ough rest to heare me b Because Iob had wished to dispute his cause with God Chap. 16. ãâã so that he might do it without feare Elihu sayth he wil reasoÌ in Gods stead whome he nedeth not to fea re because he is a man made of the ãâã matter that he is c I wil not handle thee so throughly these other haue done d He repeate ãâã Iobs ãâã ãâã ãâã eby heprotested his ãâã in ãâã places but specially in the 13. 36. and. 30. ãâã e The cause of his iudgements is not al ways ãâã to ãâã f Thogh God by sondrie examples of his iudgements ãâã vnto ãâã ãâã the reason there of is not knowen yea thogh God shulde speake yet he is not vnderstand g God saith he spaketh commune ly ether by ãâã to ãâã vs the cause of his iudge ments or els by afflictions or by his ãâã h That is ãâã ned to send vpon them i He sheweth for what end God sen deth ãâã to beat downe ãâã and to ãâã from euil k That is his pain ful and ãâã life l To them that shal burie him m A man sent of God to declare his wil. n A singular man and as one chosen out of a thousand which is able to declare the great
yet ãâã assured him self that God had awayes ynough in his haÌd ãâã deliuer him c For I am ãâã to them War des and haue not offended them d Seing it apperreineth to Gods iudgements to pu nish the wicked he ãâã God to ãâã ãâã ven geanceon the reprobat who mali ciously ãâã his Chu ch e He ãâã their ãâã to hungrie dogs shewing that they are neuer wearie in doing euil f They boast open ly of their Wicked deuiles and euerie worde is as a sworde for thei nether feare God nor are ashamed of men g Thogh Saul haue neuer so great power yet I knowe that thou ãâã ãâã ãâã therefore wil I pa ciently hope on thee h He Wil not faile to succout me when nedere quireth i Altogether but by litle that the people seing olte times thy iudges ãâã may be min deful of thee k That is their miserie shame thei may be as glasses ãâã of Gods vengeaÌce l VVhen thy time shal come wheÌ they haue sufficieÌt ly serued for an example of ãâã geaÌce vnto other m He mocketh at ãâã vaine ent eprises being as sured that thei shal ãâã bring their purpose to passe n VVhich didest vse the ãâã of a Weake womaÌ to coÌfounde the enemies strength as 1. Sam 19. 2. o ãâã him selfe to be ãâã all v rue and ãâã he attribu ãâã the whole to God 2 Sam. 8 ãâã 10 1. 1 Chro 18. 1. a These Were certeine songs ãâã the note ãâã this psalme was sung Or Syria called Mesopotamia b Called also Sophene which ãâã deth by Euphrates c For when Saul was not able to resist the enemie the people fled he ther ãâã for thei colde not be safe in their owne houses d as a cleft with an earth quake e Thou hast handled thy people sharply in taking from them sense iudgemeÌt in that theiaided Saulthe had giuen the Wicked King and pursued him to Whorne God iust tiltle of the realme f In making me King thou cast performed thy promes Which semed to hauelost the force g It is so certeine as if it Were spoken by an oracle that I shall possesse ãâã places Whiche Saul had left to his ãâã h For it Was strong and Well peopled i Dauid meaneth that in this tribe hys kyngdome shal be ãâã Gen 49. ãâã k In ãâã vile subiection l For thou Wilt ãâã aÌd fai ne as thogh thou We ãâã glad m He Was assu red that GOD Wolde giue him the stronge ãâã of hys enemies Wherein they thoght them selues sure a From the place Where I Was ãâã is hed beyng driuen out of the ãâã and temple by my sonne Ab salom b Vnto the ãâã Without they helpe I can not atteine c There is nothing that doeth more strengthen our faith then the remembraÌce of Gods succour in times past d This chiefly is referred to ãâã Who liueth ãâã not onely in him selfe but also in his members e For the stabilitie of my kingdome standeth in thy mercie and trueth 1. Chro. 16. 41. a Thogh Satan tempted hym to murmure agaiÌst God yet he bridled his ãâã and resting vpon Gods ãâã beareth his crosse pa tiently b It appeareth by the oft repetitioÌ of this Word that the Prophet abode manifolds ãâã but by ãâã on God and by paci ence he ãâã came them all c He ãâã ãâã self being ãâã Whom God had appointed to the kingdome d Thogh ye ãâã to be in honour yet God Wil sud ãâã ãâã you e Dauid Was ãâã moued ãâã ãâã troubles therefore he ãâã vp hym selfe to ãâã in God f These ãâã and often ãâã tions Were neces sarie to ãâã his faith against the ãâã ãâã of ãâã g He ãâã heth vs of our Wicked ãâã Whiche ãâã hide our ãâã and bite on the ãâã then vtter our grief to God to obteine remedie h Giue your selues wholy to God by putting awaye all things that are contrarie to his Lawe i He hathe plainely ãâã Witnes of his power so that houe nedeth to dout thereof k So that the Wicked shal ãâã thy power and the godlie thy mercie a To Wit of ãâã 1. ãâã 23. 14. b Thogh he Was bothe ãâã in greate distres yet he made god his ãâã aboue all meate and drinke c In this miserie I ãâã ãâã ãâã in the contempla tion of thy pow er and ãâã as if I Were in thy Sanctuarie d The ren ãâã ce of thy fauour is more swere vn to me then al the pleasures and ãâã of the Worlde e He assureth him selfe by the Spirit of God to haue the gift of constancie f He prophecieth of the destruction of Saul aÌd them that take hys parte Whose bodies shal not be buried but be de uoured With wilde beastes g All that ãâã by GOD a ãâã or ãâã him shal reioyce in thys Worthie Kyng a in that he calleth to God with his ãâã is a si gne that ãâã pray er was vehemeÌt and that his life was in danger b That is frome their ãâã malice c To wit their outwarde violen ce d False reportes and sclanders e To be without feare of God aÌd reuerence of maÌ is a signe of reprobation f The more that the wicked se Gods children in miserie the more bolde and impudent are they in ãâã them g There is no waye so ãâã and subtil to do hurt which they inuented not for his destruction h To se gods ãâã iudgementes agaynst them aÌd howe he hathe caught them in their own snares i VVhen they shal ãâã that he wil be fauora ble to them as he was to hys seruant Dauid a Thou giuest dai ly new occasion to thy Church to praile thee b Not ãâã the Iewes but ãâã the Gentiles in the kingdome of ãâã c He ãâã it to his sinnes of the people that God who was accustomed to as sille them ãâã draweth his succour from them d Thou wilt declare thy selfe to ãâã ãâã of thy Church in de stroying thyne enemies as thou didest in the ãâã Sea e As of all barba ãâã ãâã and ãâã of f He sheweth that there ãâã no parte nor ãâã ãâã in the worlde which is not gouerned by Gods power and prouidence â Ebr. The going forth of the mor nyng and of the euening g To wit with ãâã h That is Shiloah or the raine i Thou hast appo ãâã ted the ãâã ãâã forthe fede to mans vse k By this deser ãâã he sheweth that al the ordre of nature is ateshmonie of gods loue toward vs who causeth all ãâã to serue ãâã necessitie l That is the dume creatures shal not onely reioyce for a time ãâã Gods ãâã but shall continually sing i Thou hast appo ãâã ted the ãâã ãâã forthe fede to mans vse a He ãâã that all ãâã shal come to the knowledge of God who then was only know ãâã Iudea b As the faithful shall obey God willingly so
inconuenient time to seke helpe which was wheÌ he was in ãâã c He sheweth for the the fiure of hisloue in calling vpon him confes sing him to be ãâã merci ul to help them that are ãâã of ãâã de and counsel d which was vn ãâã before now rest vpoÌ the Lord for he hath bene beneficial towards thee e The Lord wil ãâã me and saue my ãâã f I felt all these things and there fore was moued by ãâã ãâã confesse them 2. Cor. 4 13. g In my great di stresse I thoght God wolde not regarde man which is but lies and vanitie yet I ouercame this ãâã ãâã and felt the contrarie h In the Law thei vsed to make a a banket when they gaue soleÌne thankes to God and to take the cup drinke in signe of thankesgiuing i I perceiue that God hathe a ãâã ouer his so ãâã he bothe disposeth their death and taketh an ãâã k I wil thanke him for his benefites for that is ãâã payement to confesse that we owe all to God Rom. 15 11. a That is the moste certeine coÌtinual testimo nies of his Father lie grace a Because Godby creating Dauid King shewed his ãâã toward his afflicted Church the Prophet doeth not onely him self thanke God but exhorteth all the people to do the same b VVe are here taught that the more that troubles oppresse vs the more ought we to be instant in prayer c Being exalted to this estate he assured him selfe to haue maÌ euer to be his enemie Yethe douted not but God wolde mainteine him because he had placed him d He sheweth that he had trusted in vaine if he had put his confidence in man to haue bene prefer red to the kingdome and therefore he put his trust in God and obteined e He noteth Saul his chief enemie f In that he was ãâã it came not of him selfe nor of the power of man but onely ãâã Gods fauour therefore he wil praise him g He promiseth bothe to ãâã graces him self to cause others to do the same be cause that in his persone the Church was restored h So that all that are bothe farre nere maye se his mightie power i He willeth the dores of the Tabernacle to be opened that he maye declare his thankeful minde Isa. ãâã 16. k Thogh Saul the chief powers refused me to be King yet GOD hathe preferred me aboue theÌ all Mat. 21 41. l wherein GOD hathe shewed chiefly his mercie by appointing me King and deliuering his Church Act 4 ãâã Rom 9 33. ãâã pet 2 6. m The people praie for the pro speritie of Dauids kingdome who was the figure of Christ. n VVhich are the priests and haue the charge thereof as Nomb. 6 23 o Because he hathe restored vs from darkenes to light we wil offer sacrifices and praises vnto him a Here they are not called blessed whiche thinke them selues wise in their owne iudgement nor which imagine to them selues a certeine holines but they whose ãâã is without hypocrisie b For they are ãâã led by Gods Spirit and imbrace no doctrine but his c Dauid acknow ledgeth his imperfection desiring God to refor me it that his ãâã maye be conformable to Gods worde d For ãâã ãâã in seruiÌg God without hypocrisie e That is thy pre cepts which conteine ãâã righ teousnes f He refuseth not to be tryed by ãâã but he feareth to faint if God succor not his ãâã in time a Because youth is most giuen to licenciousnes he chiefly ãâã them to frame their liues ãâã to Gods worde b If God 's ' worde be grauen in ãâã heartes we shal be more able to resist the assaltes of ãâã there fore the ãâã ãâã God to instruct him daiely more more therein c The Propher doeth not boast of his vermes but setteth for the an example for others to followe Gods worde and leaue wordelie vanities a ãâã she weth that we ought not to desire to liue but to ãâã God and that we can not serue him aright except he open our eyes and mindes b Seing mans life in this worlde is but a passage what shulde become of him if thy worde were not his guide c In allages thou hast plagued all suche which ãâã and con tempteously departe frome thy trueth d VVheÌ the pow ers of the world gaue false senten ce agaynste me thy worde ãâã a guide and coun seler to teach me what to do and to comfort me a That is it is almost broght to the graue and without thy worde I can not liue b I haue confessed mine offences and now depend wholly on thee c If God did not mainteine vs by his word our life wolde drop away like water d Instruct me in thy worde wher by my minde maye be purged from vanitie aÌd taught to obey thy wil. e By this he shew eth that we can nether chose good cleaue to Gods worde not runne forwarde in his waye exceptehe make our heartes large to receiue his grace and willyng to obey a He sheweth that he can not follow on to the end excepte God teache him ofte times and leade him forwarde b Not onelye in out ward coÌuersation but also with inwarde affection c Hereby meaning al other vices because that couetousnes is the rote of all euil e Let me not fall to thy dis honour but let mine heart still ãâã thy gracious worde f Giue me strength to continue in thy worde euen to the end a He sheweth that Gods mercie and loue is the firste ãâã of our saluacion d Meanyng all his senses b By ãâã in Gods worde he assureth him selfe to be able to confute the sclanders of his aduersaries c They that simply walke after Gods worde haue no lets to intangle them where as they that do contrary are euer in nets and snares d He sheweth that the ãâã of ãâã not to suffer their Fa ãâã glorie to be ãâã by the vaine pompe of princes a Thogh he fele Gods hand stil to lie vpon him yet he resteth on hys promes and comforteth him selfe therein b Meanyng the wicked whiche contemne Gods worde aÌd tread hys religion vnder ãâã c That is the examples whereby thou declarest thy self to be iudge of thy world d That is a vehemeÌt zeale to thy glorie and indignacion against the wicked e In the course of this life and sorowful exile f Euen when other slepe g That is al these benefites a I am persuaded that to kepe ãâã Law is an ãâã and greate game for me b He sheweth that ãâã ãâã ãâã the worde of God except he consider his own imperfections aÌd wayes c They haue gone aboute to drawe we into their ãâã d Not onelye in mutual consent but also with aide and succour e For the knowledge of Goddes worde is a singu lar token of hys fauour a Hauing proued by experience that God was true in his promes he desireth
that he wolde increase in hym knowledge and iudgement b So Ieremie saith that ãâã the Lorde touched him he was like a ãâã ãâã so that the vse of gods rods is to call vs home to god c Their heart is indurate aÌd hardened ãâã vp wyth prosperitie and vaine estimacion of them selues d He confesseth ãâã before that he was chastened he was rebellious as man by nature is a Because god leaueth not hys worke that he hathe begonne he desireth a newe ãâã that is that he wolde ãâã hys mercyes b VVhen GOD sheweth his gra ce towarde anye he testifieth to others that he faileth not theÌ that trust in hym c He declareth that wheÌ he felt not gods mercies he was as dead Ebr. is trueth d That is be comforted by myne example e He sheweth that there can be no true feare of GOD without the knowledge of his worde a Thogh my strength faileme yet my soule ãâã neth and sigheth restyng styll in thy worde b Like as ãâã tell or bladder that is parched in the smoke c Howe longe wilt thou afflict thy seruant d They haue not onely oppressed me violently but also craftely conspired agaynste me e He assureth him selfe that GOD will deliuer hys and destroy suche as vniustly ãâã ãâã f Finding no helpe in earth he lifteth vp hys eyes to ãâã a Because none shulde esteme Gods worde accordyng to the changes of thinges in this world he sheweth that it abideth in heauen and therfore is ãâã b Seing the earth and all ãâã remaine in that estate wherein thou hast created them much more thy trueth remaineth constaÌt and vnchaungeable c He proueth by effect that he is Gods childe because he seketh to vnderstande his worde d There is nothing so perfire in earth but it hathe an end onely Gods worde ãâã for euer a He sheweth that we can not loue Gods worde except we exe cise our selues therein and practise ãâã b VVhosoeuer doeth submit him self onely to Gods worde shal not onely be safe against the practises of his enemies but also learne more wisdome ãâã thei that professe it and are men of experience c So then of our selues we can do nothing but wheÌ GOD doeth inwardely instruct vs with his ãâã we fele ãâã graces ãâã then honie a Of our selues we are but ãâã nes and can not se except we be lightened with gods worde b So all the faith ful ought to bind theÌ selues to god by a solemne othe and promes to stirre vp their zeale to embrace gods worde c ãâã ãâã my pra yer and thankesgiuing whiche sacrifice Hosea called the calues of the lippes d That is I am in continual dan ger of my life e I estemed no worldlie things but made thy worde mine ãâã Chap. 14. Vers. 3. a VVhosoeuer wyll imbrace Gods worde a right must abhor re all ãâã and imaginacions bothe of him self and of others b And hinder me not to kepe the Lawe of the Lorde c He desireth Gods continuall assistance lest he shulde faint in this race whiche he had begon d The ãâã pra ctises of them that contemne thy Law shal be b oght to noght e VVhiche infected thy people as drosse doeth the metal f Thy iudgementes do not onely teache me ãâã but cause me to feare considerynge mine owne weakenes whiche ãâã causeth repentance a Put thy selfe betwene mine enem es and me as if thou ãâã my pledge b He ãâã not that he is Gods seruaunt but ãâã ãâã GOD in mynde that as he made hym hys by hys ãâã so he wolde continue by ãâã towarde him c The prophet sheweth that when the wicked haue broght all things to con fusion and Gods worde to vtter contempt then it is Gods time to helpe and send ãâã d That is what soruer ãâã from the puritie of thy worde a ãâã high and secret ãâã so that I am moued with admiracion and reuerence b The simple idiotes that submit theÌ selues to God haue their ãâã opened and their mindes ãâã minated so sone as they begin to ãâã Gods word c My zeale toward thy worde was so great d He sheweth what oughtto be the zealeof Gods children when they se his worde contemned a We can not con ãâã God to be ãâã except we liuevp rightly and ãâã as he hathe coÌmanded Psal. 69. 10. b Golde hathe nede to be fined ãâã thy worde is perfection it self 2. ãâã ãâã 1. c This is the true trial to ãâã God in ãâã d So that the ãâã of man without the knowledge of God is death a He ãâã that all his affections and whole heart were bent to God ward for to haue helpe in his dangers b He was more ãâã in the studie of Gods worde theÌ they that ãâã the ãâã were in their charge â Or ãâã c He sheweth the nature of the wicked to be to persecute against their coÌscience d His faith is grounded vpon ãâã that he wolde ãâã be ãâã ãâã his children be oppressed a For ãâã Gods promes there is no ãâã of deliuerance b According to thy ãâã ade in the ãâã ãâã because the wicked ãâã they can haue no hope ãâã salnacioÌ c My ãâã consumed me when ãâã We ãâã ãâã and ãâã of thy ãâã d ãâã is ãâã signe of our ãâã when we loue the Law of God e Since ãâã ãâã promised euen to the end all thy sayings ãâã ãâã a The ãâã and ãâã ãâã ãâã colde not cause me to ãâã to confesse thee ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã men b That is often ãâã times c For their conscience ãâã them that thei ãâã thee ãâã as they ãâã loue not thee haue ãâã ãâã d He sheweth that we must ãâã haue faith before we can worke and please God e I had no ãâã of men but ãâã thee alwaies ãâã mine ãâã as the iudge of my doings a As thou hast ãâã to be the scholemaster vnto all ãâã that ãâã on thee b The worde ãâã to powre ãâã ãâã c All his praier and ãâã is to profit in the wor de ãâã God d That is thy ãâã uident care ouer me and here with thou wilt iudge mine enemies e Being chased to and fro by ãâã ne enemies and hauing no place to rest in a That is of ãâã vp the tune and rising in singing b ãâã the chil ãâã ãâã God ãâã to reioyce ãâã they suffer for righteousnes sake yet it is a great grief to the flesh to ãâã euil for wel doing c He assured him self that God wol de turne their craft to their owne destructioÌ d He sheweth that there is nothing so sharpe to perce nor so ãâã to set on fyre as a sclanderous ãâã e These were people of Arabia which came of laphét Gene. 10. 2. f That is of the I ãâã g He declareth what he meaneth by Meshech and Kedár to wit the ãâã which had dege nerate from their ãâã ãâã and hated and contended against the faithful
falselye glosed this commandement â O subiect punishment Exod. 20 ãâã deu 5 17. â Or without cause n For GOD knowing his secret malice wil punish him o Whiche signifieth in the ãâã tongue anidle ãâã is spoken in contempt p Like iudgemeÌt almoste the Romains obserued for ãâã had the examina tioÌ of smale mat ters the counsel of xxiii of greater causes final ly great matters of importance were decided by the senate of lxxi iudges whiche here iscompared to the iudgemeÌt of God or to be punished with hel ãâã q For that thou hast ãâã him or he hathe ãâã thee for God preferreth brotherlie reconcilia tion to ãâã Luk. 12 58. r ãâã ãâã red bothe in bodie and in minde Chap. 18. 8. s Nothing is so precious whiche oght not to be reiected in respect of the glorie of God â O 8 not that Exod. 20 14. rom 13 9. mar 9 47. t In that he giueth her leaue to ãâã another by Cha. 19 7. den ãâã ãâã mar 10 4. luk 16 18. 1 cor 7 ãâã ãâã at ãâã Exod. 20 7. u All superfluous othes are ãâã debarred whether the Name of God be therein mencioned or otherwise leu 9 2. deut ãâã 11. x ãâã simplicitie and trueth be in your wordes aÌd then yeshal not be so light and ready to sweare Iames. ãâã 12. y When a men speaketh other wise theÌ he thin keth in heart it commeth of an euill conscience and of the deuil z Albeit thys was spoken for the iudges yet euerie man applied it to reuen ge hys priuate quarell â Or iniurie a Rather receiue double wrong theÌ reueÌge thine ownegriefs Exod. 21 24. Deut. 19. 21. Leui. 24 20. b This was added by the false expositers the Pharises Luke 6 29. Rom. 12 17. â Or rush in vpon you 1. Cór 6. 7. Deut. 15. 8. Leuit. 19. 18. c These did take to ãâã the taxes ãâã and other ãâã therfore were greately in disdain with almeÌ Luke 6. 27. â Or embrace Luke 23. 34. Act. 7. 60. z. Cor. 4. ãâã d VVe muste labour to atteine vnto the ãâã of God who of his free libera litie doeth good to them that are vn worthie Luke 6. 32. a VVhose workes procede not of a ryght fayth but are done for vaine glorie VI. Rom. 12. 8. b In that thei are praised and commended of men c It is ãâã that God appro ãâã our Workes d In that daye when all things shal be reuerled e VVith drawe thyselfe rather a parte â Or bable not muche f He commádeth vs to beware of muche bablinge and supetfluous ãâã g VVho is not persuaded by elo quent speach aÌd longe talke as men are h Christ bindeth them not to the wordes but to the sense and for me of prayer i VVe must seeke Gods glorie first and aboue all things Luke 11 2. k Reigne thou ouerall and let vs render vnto thee perfite obedience as thine Angels do l To be ouercom thereby m Thys conclusion excludeth mans merites and teacheth vs to grounde our ãâã onely on God Chap. 13. 19. Marke 11. 25. n Make their faces to seme of an other sorte then they were ãâã to do Eccle. 24. 2. o VVher by is commanded to auoyde all vaine ostentation Luke 12. 33. 1. Timo 6. 19. Luke 11. 34. Prouer. 21. 9. Deut. 15. 9. p If thine eye be disposed to libe ãâã Luke 16. 13. q If thine affection be corrupt and giuen to couecousnes Psal. ãâã 22. r If the concupisceÌnce and wicked affections ouercome reason we muste ãâã marueil thogh men be blindedand be like vnto beastes Luke 12. 22. Philip. 4. 6. 1. Timo. 6 8. 1. Peter 5. 7. s Mans ãâã nothing ãâã where ãâã grueth not ãâã t The goodnes of God eueÌ towards the herbes of the field farre passeth al things that man can coÌ passe byhis pow er and labour u The Worde signifieth the Wea ry not theÌ selues x VVithcare and distrust y That is to be regenerate and amende your lyues â Or his owne things z God Will prouide for euerie daye that that shalbenecessarie thogh We do notincrease the ãâã griefe by the carefulnes howe to liue in time to come a He commandeth not to be ãâã or malicious to ãâã our and condeÌneour neighbours ãâã for ãâã ãâã their owne fautes and seke not to amend them but are curious to re proue other meÌs Luke 6. 37. Rom. 2. ãâã 1. Corin. 4. ãâã Mark 4. 24. Luke 6. ãâã Luke 9. 38. and ãâã b Declare not the Gospell to the Wicked contemners of God Whom thou seest ãâã to them selues and forsakeÌ Chap. 21. 22. Mark 11. 24. Luke 11. 9. Iohn 14. ãâã and 16. 14. ãâã 1. 6. Luke 6. ãâã Iob. 4. 16. c The Whole law aÌd the ãâã set ãâã ãâã vs and commande charitie d VVe must ouer come and morti fie our affections if We Wil be ãâã disciplesof Christ e For the moste part of men ãâã their owne ãâã and ãâã head long to ãâã Luke ãâã ãâã Luke ãâã 24. â Or a totten Chap. 3. 10. f He meaneth hirelings and hy ãâã Who ra ther serue God With their ãâã then With their hearte g By thy vertue autoritie and power Rom. 2. 13. Iames. 1. 22. â Or miracles h I neuer accepted you to be my ãâã ministers aÌd disciples Luke 13. 76. Psal. 6. 9. Luke 6. 47. Mark 1. 12. Luke 4. 32. i The myghtye power of Gods Spirit appeared in hym Wherby he declared him self to be God caused others to belieue in him Mar. 1. 40. Luke 5 12. a It Was not lik that leprosie that is now but Was a ãâã thereof Which Was ãâã Leui. 14. 4. Luke ãâã ãâã b He Wolde not ãâã be throughly knowen but ãâã tyme and houre appointed c Our Sauiour Wolde not ãâã that Which Was ordeined by the Lawe ãâã as yet the ceremonies ther of Were not abolished d To condemne them of ingratitude When they shall se the Whole â Or a captaine ouer an hundreth â Or sonne e Whiche are strange people and the ãâã to Whome the couenaÌt of God did not properly apperteine f For there is nothynge but mere darkenes out of the kingdome of heaueÌ Chap. 22. 13. Mar. 2. 29. Luke 4. ãâã Mark 1. 32. Luke 4. 40. Isa. 53. 4. g The Prophete speaketh chiefly of the feblenes and disease of our soules Whithe Iesus Christ hath borne ther fore he setteth his great mercie and power before our eyes by healynge the bodie 1. Peter 2 24. Luke 9. 17. h He thoght by this meanes to ãâã fauour With the World but Iesus sheweth him that he is farre Wide ãâã that he loketh for in stead of Worldlie Welth there is but ãâã in Christ. i Luke maketh ãâã of thre Whiche Were hyndred by Worldelie ãâã from comming to Christ. k To succour aÌd helpe him in his olde age till he dye and then I Wil followe thee Wholy l No duetie or
their offrings Isai. 29 12. c God wil not be honoured according to mans faÌ tasie but detesteth all good in tentions whiche ãâã not grouÌded on his worde Marke 7 17. Iohn 15 2. d All thei which ãâã not grafted in Iesus Christ by fre adoption and euerie doctrine that is not established by Gods ãâã e They are not worthie to be cared for Luke 6 39. Marke 7 ãâã f All vices proce de of the corrupt affection of the heart Gen 6 5. 8 21. Marke 7. 24. g The disciples were offended at her importunitie Chap. 10 6. h Christ calleth them dogs or whelpes whiche are strangers froÌ the house of God i Christ granted her ãâã for her faiths sake not at the request of his disciples ãâã 7 31. Isa. 35 5. Marke 8 1. k Christ can noÌt ãâã those that ãâã him â Or ãâã Chap. 12. ãâã a Althogh they did not agre in doctrine yet they ioyned together to fight against the truth Mark 8 ãâã b Men tempte God eyther by their incredulitie or curiositie Luke ãâã 54. c VVhich apperteine to the heauenlie and spiritual life Chap. 12. 14. d Christ shal be to them as a ãâã raised vp froÌ death Ionas 2. 1. Marke 8. 14. ãâã 12. 1. â Or reasoned with theÌ selues e A token of Christs diuinitie to knowe mens ãâã Chap. 14. 17. Iohn 6. 9. Chap. 15. 34. f We may bolde ly by Christs admonition reiect and coÌtemne all ãâã doctri ne and mans ãâã oght onely to cleaue to the worde of GOD. Marke 8. 27. Luke 9. 28. Iohn 6. ãâã g He meaneth any thing that ãâã in man Iohn 1. 41. h VpoÌ that faith ãâã thou hast confessed aÌd acknoweledged me for it is grouÌ ded vpon an infallible trueth i The power of Satan which ãâã deth in craft and violence Iohn 20. ãâã k The preachers of the Gospel ãâã pen the gates of heauen with the worde of God whyche is the right keye ãâã so that where this worde is not pu rely taught ther is nether keye nor autoritie l Condemne by ãâã ãâã â Or absolue m Because he wolde yet ãâã them and not preuent his tyme. n He wold pluck out of their hear tes that false opi nion which they had of his temporal kingdome Chap. 10. 38. o ãâã worde signifieth an aduersarie who re sisteth the will of God either of malice as did ãâã das or of rashenes and arrogan cie as Peter did ãâã 8. 14. Luk. 9. 23. 14. ãâã Chap. 10. 39. p That is whosoeuer thinketh to saue him selfe by forsaking Iesus Christ. Marke 8. 34. Luk. 9. 24. 17. ãâã Marke 8. 36. Luke 9. 25. * Rom. 2. 6. Iohn 12. 25. * Mar. 9. 1. * Luk. 9. ãâã q This was fulfilled in his resurrection which was ãâã an entrie into his kingdome and was also confirmed by sending the holie Gost whereby he wroght so great and sondrie miracles Psal. 62. 12. â Or the ãâã day after XVII Marke 9. 2. Luke 9. ãâã a ãâã shewed them his glories that they might not thinke that he suffred throu ghe infirmitie but that he offered vp him selfe willingly to ãâã b By these two ãâã ãâã are represented the Lawe and the Prophets which lead vs to Christ. c After Moses Elias ãâã Peter fearing he shulde lose that ioyful sight spea ãâã as a man distract aÌd wold haue lodged theÌ in earthlie houses whiche were receiued in ãâã d VVe are recon ciled to God by Christ onely Chap. 3. ãâã e Christ is our chief and onely ãâã ãâã Chap. 11. 14. 2. Peter 2. 17. f And so worshipped Christ. g For men wold not haue belieued them before that Christ had made his glorie more manifest by hys resurrection Marke 9. 11. Mala. 4. 5. Marke 9. 14. Luke 9. 37. h He speaketh chieflye to the Scribes who began to bragge as ãâã they had now gotten the victo ãâã ouer ãâã because his disci ples were not able to do thys miracle Luke 17. 6. Chap. 20. 17. Marke 9. ãâã Luke 9. 44. 24. 7. i By this maner of speache is ãâã that they shulde do thyngs by their faith that shulde seme impossible k The best remedie to streÌgthen the weake faith is prayer which hath ãâã added to it as an helpe to the same â Or ãâã conuersant or retur ned into Galile l The Greke worde is didrachma which was of value about ten ãâã of olde sterlyng monie and the Israelites payed it once by the Law Exo. 30. 13. and at this time they payed it to the Romains m ãâã giue occasion to forsake the trueth n The worde is Statera which conteineth two didrachmas and in valued about fiue grotes of olde ãâã XVIII Marke 9. 33. Luke 9 46. Chap. 19. 24. a They striue for the rewarde before they haue taken any paine and where as they shuld haue holpen and reue ãâã not another they were ãâã and despicers of their ãâã 1. Cor. 14 20. b ãâã lack of discretion but that they be not vayne glorious ãâã to aduan cethem selues to ãâã ãâã c He calleth theÌ litle childreÌ now whiche humble them selues with all humilitie and subiectioÌ Marke 9. 42. Luke 17. 1. d The worde ãâã a ãâã milstone whiche an ãâã ãâã and it is spoken in ãâã of that which is tourned with mans hand whiche is lesse e Christ warneth his to take heed that they shrink not backe from him for any ãâã example or offence that man can giue Chap. 5. 30. Marke 9. 45. f Christ toucheth the cause of this offence whiche is pride and disdeyne ãâã our ãâã Psal. 34. 7. g Seyng GOD hath ãâã his Aungels to ãâã the charge of hys children the wicked may be ãâã that if they dispice theÌ God wil reueÌge their cause Luke 13. 10. Luke 15. 4. h VVe maye not lose by our offen ce that whyche God hath so derely boght i Where with thou maist be offended he spea keth of secret or particular sinnes not of open or knoweÌ to others â Or reproue him Deu. 19 15. Leu. 19 17. eccle 19 13. ãâã ãâã 3. ãâã 5 18. k He meaneth according to the order that was amoÌgs the Iewes who had their couÌcel of ancient and expert men to reforme maners execute discipline This assemblie represeÌted the Church whiche had appointed them to this charge iohn 8 17. ebr 10 28. 2. cor 13 1. l In the 16. Chap. 19. he ment this of doctrine and here of eccle siastical discipline which depen deth of the doctrine 1. Cor. 5. 9. 2. thes 3. 14. Iohn 20 23. â ãâã done to Luk. 17 4. m VVe muste be coÌtinually ready to forgiue and be forgiuen n A commune ãâã was valued at thre score pounde some also were greater and some lesse o Which amouÌteth of our money to the ãâã of 25. shillings or verie nere and was nothing in respect of the for mer whiche his master forgaue him p
for their office sake are called gods aÌd are made here in earth as hys lieutenaÌts wher fore if thys noble title be giuen to man muche more it appertei ned to hym that is the Sonne of God equall with his Father o VVhereby ãâã gathered that Christ was more excellent then Iohn Chap. 12. 3. Mat. 26. 7. a For althogh he dyed yet beyng restored so sone to life it was al most no death in comparison Chap. 7. 30. and 8. 59. and 10. 33. b He that walketh in his voca tion and hathe the light of God for his guide nedeth to feare no daÌgers The day also bothe sommer and Winter was wyth the Iewes diuided into 12 houres c They labored to stay Christ froÌ going into Iudea as thogh there had bene no nede â Or ãâã slepe d Which signisieth in our tongue a twynne in birth e Which were almost two mile f She sheweth some faith which not withstaÌding was almost ouer come by her affections g Christ restoreth vs from death to giue vs euerlastiÌg life h Wherein she declared her affe ction and reuerence that she ba re to Christ. i For ãâã for he felr our ãâã series as ãâã he suffred ãâã like k We read ãâã that his ãâã were so ãâã that he kept ãâã measure as ãâã do in our ãâã es ioyes and ãâã ther affections l That is a ãâã cle whereby Gods Name ãâã de be glorified m They resiste God thinking to hinder his worke by their owne ãâã n Or for that pre sent time o God made him to speake nether colde his impietie let Gods purpose who caused this wicked man euen as he did Balaam to be an instrument of the holie Gost. Because thei ãâã hereby to ãâã them ãâã more holie ãâã thei shul ãâã ãâã the ãâã but they ãâã not ãâã by God ãâã vse this ãâã Mart. 26. 6. Mar. 14. 3. a Euen from the head to the ãâã b Read Mark. 14. 5. 5 ãâã Chap. 13. 29. Matt. 21 8. mark 11. 7. Luk. 19. 35. c ãâã is saue I besech thee d This doeth Wel declare that his kingdome stode not in out Warde things ãâã 9 9. â Or the preasse e They Were of the race of the Iewes and came out of Asia and Grecia for els the Iewes Wolde not haue permitted that they shulde Worship With them in the Tem ple. f Which is that the knowledge of him shulde be manifest through all the Worlde g If the loue thereof let him from comming to Christ. h And so ãâã it for Christs sake Mat. 10. 39. 16.10 Marke 8. 35. Luk 9. 24. 17. ãâã Chap. 17. 24. Chap. 3. 14. i The reformacion and restoring of those things Which Were out of order k The crosse is the meane to ãâã the Church of God together and to drawe men to heauen l Not onely the Iewes but also the Gentiles Psal 89. 37. ãâã 4. 117. 2. Ezek. 37. 25. Chap. ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Rom. 10. 6. m That is the Go spel Which is the power of God to saluacion to ãâã one that doeth beleue Isa. 6. 9. Mat. 13. 14. Mark 4. 12. Luke 8. 11. Act. 28. 26. n By deliueryng them from their miseries and giuing them true felicitie Rom. 11. 8. â Or ãâã o To be estemed of men Chap. 5. 44. Chap. 3. 19. and 9. 39. â Or condemne â Or condemne â Or condeÌneth Mark 16. 25. p ãâã that daye shal be the apptobacion of the Gospel Chap. 3. 17. Mat. 26. ãâã Mark 14. ãâã Luke ãâã ãâã a Because he sawe the danger great Which Was towarde them therfore he toke the greater eare for them b VVhiche Was the eating of the passeouer c And makethee cleane from thy sinnes d That is to be con inually purged of hys corrupte affections and ãâã cares Whiche remaine daylye ãâã vs. Chap. 15. ãâã e To serue ãâã another Chap. 15. 20. Mat. 10. 4. Luke 6. ãâã Psal. 41. 10. f Vnder pretence of friendes ãâã seketh hys destruction g To Wit the Christ and redemer of the World Mat. 10 40. Luke 10. 16. h For verie horror and ãâã tion of suche an abominable acte as Iudas shulde commit i He did openly affirme Mat 26. 21. Marke 14. 18. k Their ãâã Was not to ãâã at table but hauing their shoes of cust hions vnder theyr elbowes ãâã on their sides as it Were halfe lying Luke 22. 21. l Satan toke ful ãâã of him m Meaning that his crosse ãâã in geÌder a ãâã ãâã and that in it shal ãâã he ãâã bountie of God Chap. 7. 34. ãâã 19 18. n VVhereof we oght to ãâã cou ãâã ãâã ce as ãâã it ãâã newly ãâã Mat. 22. 39. Chap. 15. 2. ãâã Iohn 4. 21. o VVhen thou shalt be more strong Mat 26. 14. ãâã 14. 30. a For in so beleuing no troubles shall ouercome them b So that there is not onely place for him but for all his c At the ãâã day Act. 1. 11. d He was not altogether igno ãâã at but his knowled ge wis weake imperfite e Therefore we muste begin in him contine we in him and ãâã end in him f For the verie fulnes of the diuinitie remaineth in Christ. g In that that he is man h Who declareth his maiestie and vertue by his ãâã and miracles i This is referred to the whole bo die of the Church in whome this vertue of Christ doeth shine and remaine for euer Chap. 16. 23. mat 7. 7. mar 11. 24. iam 1. 5. k I haue comforted you whiles l Was with you but hensforthe the holie Gost shal comfort you and preserue you I So called becau se he worketh in vs the trueth m VVhich thing he doeth by the vertue of his Spirit n He shal sensibly ãâã that the grace of God abi deth in him o But the brother of ãâã p VVhereby he aduertiseth them not to haue respect to the worlde lest they shulde be draweÌ backe by ãâã example q That is not his alone for he had nothing separate from his Father r All comfort prosperitie s In that that Christ is become man to be Media ãâã ãâã God and vs. t SataÌ executeth his rage tyran nie by the permission of God u SataÌ shal assaile me with all his force but he shal not finde that in me whiche he loketh for for I am that innoceÌt lambe without spot Mat. ãâã 13. Chap. ãâã 11. a VVe can bring forthe no frute except we be in greffed in Christ. b VVe muste be rooted in Iesus Christ by faith ãâã cometh of ãâã word of God c So that ye folowe Gods word which ye coÌprehend by faith d VVhere with I ãâã you e Perfect entier Chap. 13. 34. 1. Thess. 1. 9. 1. ãâã ãâã 3. 11. 4. 21. f So that there is nothing omitted that is necessarie for vs and concer ning our saluacioÌ Mat. 28. 19. g The worde also signifieth
the Churche of Christ whiche is our mother and not of the Synagogue whiche is a seruant vnder the Law Rom. 9. 8. By the libertie wherewith Christ hath made vs fre a If you ioyne circumcision to the Gospel as a thing necessarie to saluacion Chap. V. Act. 15. 2. b We liue in hop through that Spi rit whiche causeth faith and whiche is giuen to the faithfull that we shulde ãâã faith and not by the Law obtaine ãâã ãâã of glorie whiche Christe gyueth frely 1. Cor. 1. 17. c Then whatsoeuer is not the worde of God whiche here he calleth trueth is verie lies d Which is God e A litle corruption doeth destroy the whole doctrine 1. Cor. 5. 6. f That ye wil ãâã the word of God purely g That is the doctrine of the Gospell whiche the worlde ab horred as a sclanderous thing and therewith were offended h Meaning the seconde table ãâã ãâã 18. ãâã 22. 39. k That is the na tu all man ãâã against the ãâã of of ãâã Mar. 12. 31. Iam. 2. 8. Rom. 13. 14. 1. Pet 2. 10. i In the man regenerat i If you be ãâã by the Spirit of ãâã that whiche ye do ãâã ãâã to God althogh it be nor be ãâã fity m For they are vnder the ãâã or grace n Christ hath ãâã onely remitted their sinnes but sanctified tl ãâã into ãâã es of lif o That being dead to sinne liuyng to God we may declare the same in holines and innocencie of life a Father by reason of his flesh or Satan b Christe exhorteth in ãâã places to mutual loue ãâã brotherlie loue is here called the Lawe of Christ and his comman ãâã ãâã n. 13. 14. and. 5. 12. c He sheweth that man hathe nothing of him ãâã whereof he shulde ãâã 2. ãâã 1. 12. Wherein he may reioyce ãâã me but not before God d For his reioycing is a ãâã of a good conscience e For it were a shame not to prouide for their corporal necessities whiche fede our soules with the heauenlie things 1. Cor. 5 8. 1. ãâã 9. 7. f He proueth that the ministers must be nowrished for if men onely prouide for wordely thinges ãâã out respect of the life euerlasting then they procure to them selues death and mocke God who hath giuen them his ministers ãâã ãâã them heauenlie thing 2. Thes. 3. 13. g The frute whiche God hathe promised h By the outwarde ceremonies i That is for prea ãâã Christ ãâã k That thei haue made you Iewes l By the ãâã he meaneth all ou warde pom pe ãâã things which please mens fantasies m Which is rege nerate by faith Rom. 2. 19. n That is vpon the Iewes as o Let no man trouble my preaching from heÌce forthe for my markes are witnesses how valiantly I haue foght p Which ãâã odious to the worlde but glorious before God a As with the knowledge of God in Christ with faith hope charitie other gifts â Or places b This election to lif euerlasting can neuer ãâã ãâã ged but in temporal offices which God hathe appointed for a certeine space when the terme is expired he chaÌ geth his election as we se in Saul and Iudas 1. Cor. 1. 2. c When Christs iustice is imputed ours d Whereas we were not the ãâã children he receiued vs by grace and made vs his children 2. Cor. 1. 3. 1. Pet. 1. 3. 2. Tim. 1. 9. e The principal end of our election is to praise and glorifie the grace of God Colos. 1. 22. f That is in Christ. g By this he mea neth the whole bodie of the Churche which he deuideth into them which are in heauen and them which are in earth also the faithful which re maine in earth staÌd of the Iewes and the Gentiles h To wit the Iewes i Thogh we be redemed froÌ the bondage of sinne by the death of Christ Rom 6. 22 ãâã we hope for this seconde ãâã which ãâã be when we shal possesse our inhe ritaÌce in the heauens whereof we haue the holie Gost for a gage as Chap. 4. 30. k Of Christ. l Made him Go uernour of all things bothe in heauen and in'earthe so that Christs bodie is now onely there or elsit shuld not be a true bodie and his ascencioÌ shulde be but a fantasticall thing and onely imagi ned Col. 2. 12. Chap. 3. 7. Psal. 8. 8. Ebr. 2. 8. m This is the great loue of Christe towarde his Churche that he counteth not him selfe perfect without vs whiche are his members therefore ãâã Church is also Christ as 1. Cor. 12. 12. Col. 2. 13. Chap. 6. 12. ãâã Meaning Satan b Not by creation but by AdaÌs ãâã so by ãâã c Bothe Iewe Gentil â Or with Christ. d We that are the members are raised vp ãâã death and reigne without head christ in heauen by faith e Here he meaneth as concerning grace and not by nature f He sheweth here that the further the Gentiles were of frome the grace of God the greater detters they are now to the ãâã 1. Sam. 17. 26. Eze. 44 7. Rom. 9. 4. g It was but one couenant but because it was diuers times confirmed and established ãâã here he calleth them Couenants h Whereno promesis there is no hope â Or ãâã i That is the cau se of the diuision that was ãâã ne the Iewes the Gentiles k For in Christ ãâã all things were accomplished which were pre figurate in the Law l For of the Iewes and the Gentils he made one flocke â Or death Rom. 5. 2. a He reioyceth in that he suffred imprisonmeÌt for the maintenance of Christs glorie b Which was his ãâã to prea che vnto the ãâã c That is in the first chap of this Epistle ver 9. d Althogh the fathers and the Prophetes had reuelations certeine yet it was not in comparison of that ãâã which was shewed when the GeÌtiles were called nether ãâã was the time ãâã the maner knowen Chap. 1 19. 1. Cor. 15 9. ãâã 1. 16. Rom. 16. 25. Col. 1. 26. 2. Timo. 1. 10. e The Angels Tit. 1. 2. 1. Pet. 1. 20. f The Churche being gathered of so many kindes of people is an example or a glasse for the An gels to beholde the wisdome of God in who hath turned their particular discords in to an vniuersal concorde and of the ãâã of bondage hathe made the Church of ãâã dome g He that is not of the bodie of Christ is in death h The faithful which ãâã befo re Christ ãâã were adopted by him and make one familie with the Saincts which yet remaine a liue i For we confesse that which we beleue k All perfection on euerie side is in him l That all the graces of God may abounde in you Rom. 16. 25. m In that we fele Christ in vs. a For the Lords cause Philip. 1. 27. Col. 1. 10. 1. Thess. 2. 12. b ãâã by ãâã you
faith Gene. 1. 3. d Because God re ceiued hym to mercie therefore he imputed him righteous e That is liueth Gen. 4. 4. Mat. 23. 25. f For Enochs and Elias taking vp was such a thing as is spoken of 1. Cor. 15. 51. and. 1. Thes. 4. 15. Gene ãâã 24. Eccles. 44. 15. and 49. 16. g First God must finde vs before wecaÌ seke him then we muste seke him with a pure hearte in Christ who is reueiled in hys worde and ther by we learne to beleue Gods fre mercie towards vs in his Sonne through whome we obteine the rewarde of hys promes and not of our desertes Gen. 12. 4. Gene. 6. 13. Eccles. 44. ãâã h For all things in the World are subiect to corruption Gen. 17. 19 21. 2. ãâã 44. 22. i Euen as dead k VVhiche was the enioying of the laÌd of CanaaÌ l VVith the eyes of faith m And therfore put not their coÌfidence in things of this Worlde n That is of ãâã Gen 21. 10. o For it myghe seme to the ãâã that the promes was coÌtrarie to this commandement to sactifice his sonne Eccles. 44. ãâã Gene. 22. 12. Rom. 9. 7. Gen. 27. 28. Gen. 49. 15. Gen. 47. 31. â Or Worshiped toward the end of his staffe Gen. 50. 29. Exod. 2. 2. Act 7. 21. Exod. 1. 16. Exod. 2. 11. p The ãâã of the Worlde whiche draw vs frome God and Whiche we can notvse without ãâã of Gods angre Exod. 12. 22. Exod. 14. ãâã Iosh. 6. 20. Iosh. 6. 23. Iosh. 2. ãâã Iudg. 6. 11. Iudg. 4. 6. Iudg. 13. 24. Iudg. 11. 1. 12. 7. 1. Sam. 1. 20. and ãâã 14. q ãâã ãâã ãâã r As Elias raised vp the widdowe of Sareptas sonne and Eliseus the ãâã sonne s They had not suche cleare light of Christ as we for they loked for that whiche we haue therefore it were shame for vs if at least we haue ãâã as great constancie as they â For we are all one bodie together Rom. 6. 4. â Or multitude Ephe. 4. 23. a As riches cares and suche like aÌd so to become Christs disciples by denying our selues aÌd taking our crosse to followe him Colos. 3. 8. â Or so easely compasseth vs aboute ãâã Pet. 2. 1. b As beyng our ãâã c VVhiche by rea son of our concu ãâã assaileth vs on all sides Prou ãâã 21. Reuel 3. 17. d He concludeth that they which refuse the ãâã denie to be of the nomber of ãâã children but are bastardes e VVhiche haue naturally begotten vs. f As he doeth creat our spirits withoute anye worldely meane so he doeth instructe and ãâã teine theÌby the wonderful ãâã of his Spirit g Their ãâã partely declared their sloenes and partly their incoÌ stancie in ãâã therefore thei were in danger to be punished Rom 12. 18 h As her esies or apostasie Gen. ãâã 33. Gen. 27. 38. i He was full of despire and disdaine but was not touched with true ãâã to be displeased for his sinnes aÌd so seke amendemeÌt Exod. 19. 13. and 20. 21. k VVhich might be touched and sene for as it was materiall but God had commaÌ ded that none shuld touche it Exod. 19. 13. l VVhence the worde of God must come m Which shal be ãâã through all the worlde n By the Gospel We are ioyned with the Angels and Patriarkes Gene. 4. 10. o VVhiche spake but rudely in coÌ parison of Christ who preached not the Law but the Gospel Hag. 2. 7. Deut. 4. 24. p To destroy ãâã that resist him Rom. 12. 10. 1. ãâã 4. 9. Gen. 18. 3. 19. 3. a As incontinen cie is a disease coÌ mune to men of al sortes and degrees so mariage the remedie is offred by the fre mercie of God to all maner of men without respect b The Lord. Iosh. 1. ãâã Psal. 118. 6. c He was is and shal be the ãâã of the Churche ãâã euer d Whatsoeuer doctrine is not according to the simple trueth of Gods worde is strange e By reprouyng theÌ which supersticiously ãâã difference betwixt meats he condeÌneth all the serui ce whiche stode in ceremonies coÌparing it with the spiritual worshipping ãâã Leui. 6. 36. 16. 27 f Thei that sticke to the ceremonies of the Law caÌ not eate that is can not be partakers of our altar whiche ãâã thankes giuynge and ãâã which two ãâã ãâã or ãâã are now onely left to the Christians g So that the Priests had no piece thereof h Thankesgiuing and doing good are ãâã onelie sa crifices whiche please God Hos. 14. 3. i Read Act 20 28. and ioh 10. ãâã * That is writ to no one man citie or countrey but to all the Iewes generally being now ãâã â Or afflictions ãâã 5. 3. a A ãâã trye our faith and ingendre patience b Our pacience ought to coÌtinue to the end ãâã by working it bath polished vs ãâã made vs perfect in Christ. c To endure paciently whatsoeuer God layeth vpon him Mat 7. 7. Mar. 11. 24. Luk 11. 9. d Douting in doct ine or of Gods wil. â Or double Iohn 14 13. 16. 23. e That he is called to the companie of Christ and his Angels f Or conteÌptible to the worlde Iob. 5. 17. Eccles. 14 18. Isa. 40. 6. 1. Pet. 1. 24. â Or in all his ãâã dedes â Or moued to euil g He meaneth now of the inwarde teÌtations as of our disorde red appetites whiche cause vs tosinne h Seing al good things come of God we ought not to make ãâã the autor of euil i He alluderb vnto the sunne whi che in his ãâã turning some time is cleare and bright some time darke and cloudie but Gods liberalitie is euer like it self bright and continually shinyng k That is proÌpt to learne l For we can not heare God except we be peaceable and modeste ãâã 17. 27. m But hindereth Gods worke ãâã vs. n By ãâã the worde preached Mat. 7. 21. Rom. 2. 13. o So Gods worde is a glasse wherein we must ãâã holde our selues and become like vnto him p In so behauing himself a As esteming saith and religioÌ by the outwarde ãâã of meÌ â Or acceptation b That is are ye not euil affectioned c Seing God ãâã meth theÌ we mai not ãâã theÌ d The Name of God and Christ whereof you make profession and in that they dishonour God it is not merethat you his children shuld honour theÌ e whiche is here taken puerbially for the high or brode way wherein there is no turnings and euerie maÌ can go it so euerie man is our neighbour as wel the poore as the riche Leui. 19. 18. Mat. 22. 39. Mar. 12. ãâã Rom. 13. 9. ãâã 5. 14. Leui. 19. 15. Deut. 1. ãâã ãâã ãâã Mat 5. 19. Exo. 20. 14. Deuter. 5. 18. Luk. ãâã 11. 1. Iohn 3. 17. f By the mercie of God which de liuereth vs frome the ãâã of the Lawe g And ãâã not h ãâã
through all the worlde so that the enemies shal be ãâã g The ãâã graces of Gods Spirit bent them selues against Antichrist h Beleue that that is written for there is no nede to write more for the vnderstanding of Gods ãâã Dan. 12. 7. i That is by God with whome Christ by his diuinitie is equall k The faithful shal vnderstand and se this myste rie of the last iud gement the ãâã nacion of Antichrist infideles and also the glorie of the iust at the ãâã l As S. Iohn vnderstode this by reuelation so is the same reueiled to the true preachers to discouer the Pope and Antichrist m Meaning Christ. n That is the holie Scripture which declareth that the minister must receiue them at the hand of God before he can preache them to others o Which signifieth that the ministers ought to receiue the worde into their hearts and to ãâã graue and depe iudgement and ãâã to ãâã it and with zeale to ãâã it p ãâã that albeit that the minister haue ãâã by the worde of God yet shal he haue sore and grieuous enemies which shal be trouble some vnto him q Not onely meaning in his lifetime but that this boke after his death shulde be as a preaching vnto all ãâã * Eze. 3. 1. a Which declareth that Christ Iesus wil builde his Churche and not haue it destroyed for he measureth out his spiritual Tem ple. b The Iewish temple was deuided into thre parts the bodie of the temple which is called the court whereinto euerie man entred the holie places where the leuits wereand the holiest of all whereinto the high Priest once a yere entred in respect therefore of thesetwo later the first is said to be cast out becau seas a thing prophane it is negle cted when the temple is measured and yet the aduersaries of Christ boast that ãâã are in the TeÌ ple aÌd that none are of the Temple but they c That is the Church of God e By two witnesses he meaneth all the preachers that shulde buylde vp Gods Church alluding to ãâã Iehoshua which were chiefly appointed for this thing and also to this saying In the mouthe of two ãâã slandeth euerieword f Signifying a c r teine time for wheÌ God ãâã strength to his ministers their ãâã seme but as itwere for a day or two g In poore and simple apparel h Whereby are signified the ãâã graces of theÌ which beare witnes to the Gospel i Who hathe dominion ouer the whole earth k By Gods word whe eby his ministers discomsit the enemies l They denounce God iudgement against the wicked that they caÌ not enter into heauen m Which is to declaré and procure God vengeance n That is the Popewhich hathe his power our of hil and cometh thence o He sheweth how the Pope gaineth the victo rie not by Gods worde but by cruel warre p Meaning the whole iurisdictioÌ of the Pope which is compared to ãâã for their abominable sinne and to Egypt because the true libertie to serue God is taken away ãâã the faithful and Christ was condemned by Pilate who represented the Romaine power which s hulde be enemie to the godlie d Meaning a cer teine time for God hath limited the time of Anti christs tyrannie q The infidels are tormented by ãâã the trueth preached r Which shal be at the last resurrection s For it semed that Antichrist had chased them out of the hearth t ãâã the power of Antichrist u When they shal vnderstand by Gods worde the glorie of his and the punishment of his ãâã thei shal fall from the Pope and glorifie God x Albeit Satan by that Pope Tur ke and other instruments troubleth the worlde neuer so muche yet Christ shal rei gne y Iesus Christ. z This declareth the office of the godlie which is to giue God thankes for the deliuerance of his and to praise his iustice for ãâã hing of his enemies a Which signifie the destruction of the enemies a In this third vision is declared how the Church which is comapssed about with lesus Christ the Sonne of righteousnes is ãâã ted of Antichrist b The ãâã ch treadeth vnderfo te whatsoeuer is mutable and inconstant with all corrupt affections and suche like c Which signifie God and his worde d The Church euerwith a ãâã seruent desire loÌged that Christ shulde be borne and that the faith ful might be ãâã nerate by his power e The deuil and all his power whiche burneth with furie and is red with the blood of the ãâã f For he is prin ce of this world and almoste hath vniuersal gouernement g By his flatteries and promises he gaineth manie of the excellent ministers and honorable persones and bringeth them to destruction h Which is Iesus Christ the first borne among manie brethren who was borne of the virgin Marie as of a special member of the Churche i The Churche was remoued from among the Iewes to the GeÌtiles which were as a baren wildernes and so it is persecuted to and fro Psal. 2. 9. k Iesus Christ aÌd his members as Apostles Martyrs and the rest of the faithful l For the dragon was depriued of al his dignitie and had no more place in the Church m They put their liues in daunger so oft as nede required n Meanyng theÌ that are geuen to the worlde and fles hlie lustes o And was ouer come of Christe then ãâã foght against his meÌbets p VVhiche the Lord had appoin ted for her q God gyueth meanes to hys Churche to escape the furie of Sa ãâã making his creatures to serue to the sup po t there of r ãâã was not ableto destroy the head nor the bodie and therefore sheweth his rage against the members a Here is the description of the Romaine empire whiche standeth in ãâã and tyrannie b Meanyng Rome because it was firste gouerned by seuen kyngs or Emperours after Nero and also is coÌpassed aboure with seuen mouÌ taines c VVhich signifie manie prouinces e That is the deuil f This may be vn derstand of Neto who moued the first persecution againste the Churche and after slewe hym self so that the fa milie of the Cesarsended in him g For the empire was established againeby ãâã d By these beastes are signified the MacedoniaÌs Persians ChaldeaÌs whom the Romaines ouercame h By receyuinge the staturs ordinances decrees ceremonies and religioÌ of the Ro maine empire i ãâã time and power is limited k In their bodies not in soule l He meaneth that vniuersal de parryng where of S. Paul speaketh to the Thes salonians m Antichryste hath not power ouer the elect n As God ordeined from before al beginning aÌd all the sacrifices were as signes sacramentes of Christ death o They whiche soules captiues go them selues in to captiuitie p As the kyngdome of Christis from heauen aÌd bryngeth men thither so the po pes king
must not striue but must be gentle towarde all men apt to teache suffring the euil men paciently 25 Instructing them with mekenes that are coÌ trarie minded prouyng if GOD at anye time will gyue them repentaunce that they may knowe the trueth 26 And that they maye come to amendement out of the snare of the deuill which are takeÌ of him at his wil. CHAP. III. 1 He prophecieth of the perilous times 2 Setteth out hypo crites in their colours 12 Sheweth the state of the Christians 14 And how to auoide dangers 16 Also what profit cometh of the Scriptures 1 THys knowe also that in the * laste dayes shal come perilous times 2 For men shal be louers of theyr owne selues couetous boasters proude cursed speakers disobedient to parents vnthankefull vnholye 3 Without naturall affection truce breakers false accusers intemperate fierce ãâã of them which are good 4 Traitours headie hygh mynded louers of pleasures more then louers of God 5 Hauyng a she we of godlynes but haue denied the power thereof turne away therfore from suche 6 For of this sorte are they which crepe into houses and lead captiue simple women laden with sinnes and led with diuers lustes 7 Whiche women are euerlearnyng and are neuer able to come to the knowledge of the trueth 8 * And as Iannes and Iambres with stode Mo ses so do these also resiste the trueth men of corrupte myndes reprobate concernyng the fayth 9 But they shall preuaile no longer for theyr madnes shal be euident vnto al men as theirs also was 10 ¶ But thou hast fully knowen my doctrine maner of lyuing purpose faith long suffering loue pacience 11 Persecutions and afflictions whiche came vnto me at* Antiochia at Iconium and at I ystri whiche persecutions I suffered but from them all the Lord deliuered me 12 Yea and all that will liue godly in Christ Iesus shal suffer persecution 13 But the euill men and deceiuers shall waxe worsse and worsse deceyuyng and beyng de ãâã 14 But continue thou in the thyngs whyche thou hast learned and art persuaded thereof knowyng of whome thou hast learned them 15 And that thou hast knowen the holie Scriptures of a childe whiche are able to make thee wise vnto saluation through the fayth whiche is in Christ Iesus 16 * For the whole Scripture is giuen by inspiration of God and is profitable to teache to improue to correct and to instructe in ryghteousnes 17 That the man of GOD may be absolute being made perfite vnto all good workes CHAP. IIII. 1 He exhorteth Timotheus to be ferueÌt in the worlde and to suffer aduersitie 6 Maketh mention of his own death 9 And biddeth Timothie come vnto him 1 I Charge thee therefore before God and before the Lord Iesus Christ whiche shal iudge the quicke and dead at his appearing and in his kingdome 2 Preache the worde be instant in season and out of season improue rebuke exhorte with all long suffring and doctrine 3 For the time will come when they will not suffer wholsome doctrine but hauyng their eares itching shal after their owne lustes get them an heape of teachers 4 And shall turne their eares from the trueth and shal be giuen vnto fables 5 But watch thou in all thyngs suffer aduersitie do the worke of an Euangeliste make thy ministerie fully knowen 6 For I am nowe ready to be offered and the time of my departing is at hand 7 I haue foght a good fight and haue finished my course I haue kept the faith 8 For hence forth is laid vp for me the crown of righteousnes which the Lorde the rightous iudge shall giue me at that daye and not to me onely but vnto all them also that loue his appearyng 9 Make spede to come vnto me atonce 10 For Demas hath forsakeÌ me and hath embraced this present worlde and is departed vnto Thessalonica Crescens is gone to Galacia Titus vnto Dalmacia 11 * Onely Luke is with me Take Marke and bring him with thee for he is profitable vnto me to minister 12 And Tychicus haue I sent to Ephesus 13 The cloke that I left at Troas with Carpus when thou comest bring with thee and the bokes but specially the parchements 14 Alexander the copper smith hath done me muche euil the Lorde rewarde hym according to his workes 15 Of whome be thou ware also for he withstode our preaching sore 16 At my first answering no man assisted me but all forsoke me I praye God that it may not be laid to their charge 17 Notwithstanding the Lord assisted me and strengthened me that by me the preachyng myght be fully knowen and that all the Gen tiles shulde heare and I was deliuered out of the mouth of the lion 18 And the Lord will deliuer me from euerie euil worke and wil preserue me vnto his hea uenlie kingdome to whome be praise for euer and euer Amen 19 Salute Prisca and Aquila and the * housholde of Onesiphorus 20 Erastus abode at Corinthus Trophimus I left at Miletum sicke 21 Make spede to come before winter Eubulus greteth thee and Pudens and Linus and Claudia and all the brethren 22 The Lorde Iesus Christ be with thy spirit Grace be with you Amen The seconde Epistle written from Rome vnto Timotheus the first bishop elected of the Churche of Ephesus when Paul was presented the second time before the Emperour Nero. THE EPISTLE OF Paul to Titus THE ARGVMENT WHen Titus was left in Creta to finish that doctrine which Paul had there begonne Satan stirred vp certeine which went about not onely to ouerthrowe the gouernement of the Churche but also to corrupt the doctrine for some by ambition wolde haue thrust in them selues to be Pastours others vnder pretext of Moses Law broght in manie trifles Against these two sortes of men Paul armeth Titus first teachyng him what maner of Ministers he ought to chose chiefly requiryng that they be men of sounde doctrine to the intent they myght resiste the aduersaries and amongs other things he noreth the Iewes whiche put a certeine holines in meates and suche outwarde ceremonies teachyng them whiche are the true exercises of a Christian life and what things apperteine to euerie mans vocation Againste the whiche if anie man rebelle or els doeth not obey he willeth him to ãâã ãâã CHAP. I. 5 He aduertiseth Titus touchyng the gouernement of the Church 7. The ordinance and office of ministers 12 The nature of the Cretians and of them which sowe abroade Iewish fables and inuentions of men 1 PAVLa seruant of God and an Apostle of IESVS Christ accordynge to the fayth of Gods elect and the knowledge of the trueth which is accordyng to godlines 2 Vnder the hope of eternall life whiche God that can not lie hathe promised before the * worlde began 3 But
hathe made hys worde manifeste in due time through the preachyng which is* committed vnto me according to the commandement of God our ãâã 4 To Titus my naturall sonne accordynge to the commune faith Grace ãâã and pea ce from God the Father and from the Lord Iesus Christ our Sauiour 5 For this cause left I thee in Creta that thou shuldest continue to redresse the things that remaine and shuldest ordeine Elders in eucrie citie as I appointed thee 6 * If anye be vnreproueable the housbande of one wife hauyng faithfull children whiche are not sclandered of riote nether are disobedient 7 For a byshop muste be vnreproueable as Gods stewarde not frowarde not angrie not giuen to wyne no striker not giuen to ãâã lucre 8 But harberous one that loueth goodnes wise righteous holie temperate 9 Holding fast the faithfull worde accordyng to doctrine that he also may be able to exhorte with wholsome doctrine and improue them that say against it 10 For there are manie disobedient and vayne talkers and deceiuers of mindes chiefly they of the Circumcision 11 Whose mouths ãâã be stopped which sub uert whole houses teachyng things whiche they ought not for filthie lucre sake 12 One of theÌ selues euen one of their owne prophetes said The Cretians are alwayes lyars euil beastes slowe belyes 13 This witnes is true wherfore rebuke them sharpely that they may be souÌde in the faith 14 And not taking hede to * Iewish fables and commandements of men that turne from the trueth 15 Vnto the pure * are all things pure but vnto them that are defiled and vnbeleuing is nothing pure but euen their mindes and consciences are defiled 16 They professe that they knowe God but by workes they denie him and are abominable and disobedient and vnto euerie good worke reprobate CHAP. II. 1 He commendeth vnto him the wholsome doctrine and telleth him how he shall teache all degrees to be haue theÌ selues 11 Through the benefite of the grace of Christ. 1 BVt speake thou the things which become wholsome doctrine 2 That the Elder men be sobre honest discrete sounde in the faith in loue and in pacieÌce 3 The Elder women likewise that they be in suche behauiour as becometh holines not false accusers not giuen to much wine but teachers of honest things 4 That they may instruct the yong women to be sobre minded that they loue their housbands that they loue their children 5 That they be discrete chast kepyng at home good and * subiect vnto their housbands that the worde of God be not euill spoken of 6 Exhorte yong men likewise that they be sobreminded 7 Aboue althings shewe thy self an ensample of good workes with vncorrupt doctrine with grauitie integritie 8 And with the wholsome worde whiche can not be reproued that he whiche withstandeth may be ashamed hauing nothyng concerning you to speake euill of 9 * Let seruants be subiect to their masters and please theÌ in al things not answering again 10 Nether pykers but that they shewe al good faithfulnes that they may adorne the doctrine of God our Sauiour in all things 11 * For the grace of God that bringeth saluacion vnto all men hathe appeared 12 And teacheth vs that we shulde denie vngodlines and worldlie lustes and that we shulde liue sobrely and righteously godly in this present worlde 13 Loking for the blessed hope aÌd appearyng of the glorie of the mightie God and of our Sauiour Iesus Christ. 14 Who gaue him self for vs that he might redeme vs from all iniquitie and purge vs to be a peculiar people vnto him self zealous of good workes 15 These things speake and ãâã and rebuke with all autoritie ãâã that no man despice thee CHAP. III. 1 Of obedience to suche as be in autoritie 9 He warneth Titus to be ware of foolish and vnprofitable questions 12 Concluding with certeine ãâã matters 15 And salutacions 1 PVt them in remembrance that they * be subiect to the Principalities and Powers and that they be obedient and readie to euerie good worke 2 That they speake euil of no man that they be no fighters but softe shewing all mekenes vnto all men 3 * For we our selues also were in times past vnwise disobedient deceiued seruing the lustes and diuers pleasures ãâã in maliciousnes and enuie hatefull and hatyng one another 4 But when the bountifulnes and loue of God our Sauiour to warde man appeared 5 * Not by the workes of righteousnes which we had done but accordyng to his mercie he saued vs by the washing of the new birth and the renuyng of the holie Gost. 6 Whiche he shed on vs abundantly through Iesus Christ our Sauiour 7 That we being iustified by his grace shulde be made heires accordyng to the hope of eternall life 8 This is a true saying and these things I will thou shuldest affirme that they whiche haue beleued in God might be carefull to shewe forthe good workes These thyngs are good and profitable vnto men 9 * But stay foolish questions and genealogies and contentions and brawlings about the Law for they are vnprofitable and vaine 10 ãâã him that is an heretike after once or twise admonicion 11 Knowing that he that is suche is peruerted and sinneth being damned of his owne self 12 When I shall send Artemas vnto thee or Tychicus be diligent to come to me vnto Nicopolis for I haue determined there to winter 13 Bring Zenas the expounder of the Law and Apollos on their iourney diligently that they lacke nothyng 14 And let ours also learne to shewe for the good workes for necessarie vses that they be not vnfruteful 15 Al that are with me salute thee ãâã them that loue vs in the faith Grace be with you all Amen To Titus elect the first bishope of the Church of the Cretians written from Nicopolis in Macedonia THE EPISTLE OF of Paul to Philemon THE ARGVMENT ALbeit the excellencie of Pauls spirit wonderfully appeareth in other his Epistles yet this Epistle is a greate witnes and a declaration of the same For farre passing the basenes of his matter he fleeth as it were vp to heauen and speaketh with a diuine grace and ãâã Onesimus seruant to Philemon bothe robbed his master and fled away whome Paul hauing wonne to Christ sent againe to his master earnestly begging his pardone with moste waightie arguments prouing the duetie of one Christian to another and so with salutacions endeth 5 He reioyceth to heare of the faith and loue of Philemon 9 whome he desireth to forgiue his seruant Onesimus and louingly to receiue him ag ãâã 1 PAVL a prisoner of Iesus Christ our brother Timotheus vnto Philemon our dere friend and fellow helper 2 And to our dere sister Apphia and to Archippus our felowe souldier and to the Churche